[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 49 (Monday, March 14, 2011)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13704-13767]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-5273]
[[Page 13703]]
Vol. 76
Monday,
No. 49
March 14, 2011
Part II
Postal Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
39 CFR Part 111
New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 13704]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards
AGENCY: Postal Service TM.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Postal Service is proposing to revise Mailing Standards of
the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM[reg]) to
change the preparation requirements for mail entered at origin, either
as an entire mailing or as the residual volume for plant verified drop
shipment (PVDS) mailings.
DATES: We must receive your comments on or before April 13, 2011.
ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Mailing
Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446,
Washington DC 20260-5015. You may inspect and photocopy all written
comments at USPS[reg] Headquarters Library, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW.,
11th Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday. E-mail comments concerning the proposed rule, containing the
name and address of the commenter, may be sent to:
[email protected], with a subject line of ``New Origin Entry
Standards.'' Faxed comments are not accepted.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Karen McManus at 202-268-4005 or Kevin
Gunther at 202-268-7208.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On December 20, 2006, the Postal
Accountability Enhancement Act was signed into law. A provision of the
law required the Postal Service to establish modern service standards,
measure service performance against these standards and publish the
results. In recognition of this goal, the Postal Service consulted with
the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) and worked closely with mailer
groups and other mailing industry representatives to develop standards
and measurement processes. During these discussions, various strategies
and suggestions were offered to help improve service provided to
commercial mailings entered at origin. Modern service standards
resulting from these consultations were announced 12 months after the
bill was signed into law and are expected to improve efficiency and
service and to coordinate the preparation and entry of mail with
changes in the USPS distribution network. For more information see
Federal Register final rule, Modern Service Standards for Market
Dominant Products, published December 19, 2007 (72 FR 72216-72231).
In May 2009, the Postal Service began transforming its distribution
network by converting Bulk Mail Centers into Network Distribution
Centers. The realignment permitted the consolidation of transportation
and created new work flows to facilitate movement of mail through the
network. The redesign of the network necessitates some adjustments to
internal USPS work methods as well as modifications to the preparation
of origin-entered commercial mail to align with the new transportation
flows and work processes. The proper preparation of origin-entered
mailings will allow the Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary
processing at the local plant and will facilitate the transportation of
these mailings within its network. Working with various segments of the
mailing industry, the Postal Service has developed and is proposing new
preparation standards that align with the revised network and a
corresponding communications program to relate these changes to the
mailing industry. The following proposal is the result of these
efforts.
Separation of Residual Mail Entered at Origin
This proposed rule applies to origin-entered commercial mail only,
and may apply to entire mailings or to the residual portion of a plant
verified PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to a destination. Existing
presort requirements for mailings and the number of pieces required per
presort level will remain the same. Except as defined below, all
handling unit separations currently required will also remain
unchanged. For the purpose of this proposal, a handling unit is defined
as the mail transport equipment used to carry an aggregate of
mailpieces sorted to a specific price level for a presort destination,
and would include letter trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles and
packages. A container is defined as the equipment used to transport
handling units, and would include pallets, all purpose containers (APC)
and hampers. In certain circumstances involving low volume mailings, or
mail that can not be palletized, containers may also include flat
trays.
Under this proposal, after all required handling units and
containers have been prepared, mailers must separate the remaining mail
(or residue from a PVDS mailing) as follows:
Standard Mail and Package Services:
Origin Network Distribution Center: Required for letters, flats and
parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to
containerizing the mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the
service area of the origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) from the
rest of the mailing. Use column A of Labeling List L601 (L604 for
Standard Mail letters and flats) to determine the ZIP Codes in the
service area of the NDC. Handling units must be placed in containers.
Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column B ``Label to''
information in L601 (column C ``Label to'' information in L604 for
Standard Mail letters and flats). There is no minimum load threshold
for this separation.
Tier Two Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels. For
bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the
mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container, or when
applicable, separate as follows. Prepare container (pallet) placards
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 (L603 for parcels).
When the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco,
use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining
mail into two directionally-based containers which will route residue
mail either east or west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis) or north
or south (San Francisco) as needed from origin. Prepare container
placards using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 or L603.
There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.
Periodicals
Local Surface Transport: Required for letters, flats and parcels.
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to palletizing the
mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the surface
transportation network area of the origin entry site from the rest of
the mailing. Use column B of Labeling List L201 to determine the ZIP
Codes in the surface transportation area of the origin site. Handling
units must be placed in containers. Prepare container (pallet) placards
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L201. There is no
minimum load threshold for this separation.
Extended Surface Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels.
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing
the mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container. Use
column A of Labeling List L009 to determine the location for
Periodicals piece processing based on the origin entry point. Prepare
container (pallet) placards using the column B
[[Page 13705]]
``Label to'' information in L009. There is no minimum load threshold
for this separation.
Palletization Required When Possible
Current standards for containerization of nonpalletized mailings
are determined by mailpiece shape. Letters are placed in trays, flats
are bundled and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs) or placed loose in
flat trays and parcels are bedloaded or placed in sacks.
Under these proposed standards, trays, bundles or parcels that
cannot be prepared on a direct pallet must be placed on the appropriate
pallet for the Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport, Tier Two Network or
Extended Surface Network, when the volume reaches one hundred and fifty
(150) pounds or 36 linear feet of trays for each pallet. Mailers may
optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear feet of
trays, for these separations. Mailers choosing not to make pallets
weighing less than 150 pounds, or who are unable to palletize, must
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers in
accordance with applicable preparation standards.
The Postal Service does not currently provide a container price
applicable to Periodicals bundles placed directly on mixed ADC pallets
or equivalent containers. The Postal Service is currently considering
this matter and expects to introduce a price for mixed ADC containers
as a separate initiative prior to the implementation of the final
standards.
These new proposed requirements will apply to all origin or
destination entered mailings. For mailers who are unable to palletize
flats or parcels, the Postal Service proposes to require the use of
flat trays (tubs) or approved alternate containers when performing the
separations described in this proposed rule or under current DMM
standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or alternate containers will
afford mailers more flexibility in how mail is presented at origin or
destination entry points. Alternatives to the use of flat trays may be
approved by the local plant manager or designee.
Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to a 3-digit ZIP Code or
less finely, who do not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in lieu of
sacking. Flat trays must also be used for all presort levels (except 5-
digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route separations of parcels) being
deposited at origin or destination entry points. Lids will not be
required on origin entry 3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2 network,
local surface transport and extended surface network flat trays only.
These proposed preparation standards will provide for a reduction of
sack handling and the expedited processing of individual pieces, and
will result in increased efficiencies and improved service.
Optional Requirement--Origin SCF Separation
For the purpose of this proposed rule, separation means the
creation of an additional container of residual mailpieces, after all
other required separations have been made, for the origin sectional
center facility (SCF) or for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the
origin SCF. Current standards require mailers of commercial First-Class
Mail[supreg] and Periodicals letters and flats to separately prepare
trays or bundles for mailpieces destinating within the SCF servicing
the facility where the mail is verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin
3-digit) separations are optional for other mail classes and shapes.
The Postal Service proposes to extend the option for mailers to make
such origin SCF separations for all classes and shapes of mailpieces.
In this proposal segregation means physical removal of the
separated containers from the remainder of the mailing and separately
placing them into transport units, placing them in a conspicuous
location on top of the origin SCF pallet, or otherwise presenting them
separately to USPS acceptance personnel. In order to improve the
identification and processing of these mailpieces, the Postal Service
is proposing to require mailers of all commercial mail (letters, flats
and parcels) to segregate origin SCF separations (and finer sortation
levels) containers, bundles or parcels from the remainder of the
mailing. This requirement will apply to all required separations and to
all optional separations (whenever the mailer chooses to make that
separation). This new requirement should improve service by preventing
mailpieces for the processing plant's service area from being
transported to another processing facility prior to delivery.
Other Proposed Mail Preparation Changes
There are no current mail preparation standards pertaining to
barcoded tray labels for Library Mail and Media Mail. This proposed
rule will establish such standards. We have eliminated standards for
the use of 1-inch sack labels for all types of mail. These labels are
no longer supported by USPS Engineering, their use in the field should
be limited, and equipment compatible with the use of 2-inch labels is
widely available. We are also proposing to revise language in DMM
705.10.1 to align with other standards that specify that nonmachinable
flat-size Periodicals prepared under 707.26 cannot be merged with
machinable flats. We also are eliminating the option for mailers to
place mixed ADC or mixed AADC bundles, sacks or trays on auxiliary
service facility (ASF) or NDC pallets. Changes in processing at these
facilities no longer make this option practical.
Although the Postal Service is exempt from the notice and comment
requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b),
(c)) regarding proposed rulemaking by operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we
invite public comments on the following proposed revisions to Mailing
Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual
(DMM), incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations.
See 39 CFR 111.1.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.
Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 111--[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-
1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219,
3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.
2. Revise the following sections of Mailing Standards of the United
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), as follows:
* * * * *
200 Commercial Mail Letters and Cards
* * * * *
230 First-Class Mail
* * * * *
235 Mail Preparation
* * * * *
3.0 Letter Trays
* * * * *
3.3 Letter Tray Preparation
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to
the next higher
[[Page 13706]]
presort level at which there is a minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3--Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters
* * * * *
5.2 Machinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.2.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme (required); separate trays required
for each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within the origin/entry SCF; no
minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray permitted for each
3-digit/scheme; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MACH.''
* * * * *
5.3 Nonmachinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.3.2b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no minimum piece requirement;
one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.''
[Revise the opening sentence only of resequenced 5.3.2c as
follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Automation Letters
* * * * *
6.6 Tray Preparation
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers may place
fewer than 150 overflow pieces in the next tray level when a tray of
150 or more pieces can be made. Mailers must segregate trays destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these
trays on standardized documentation (see 708.1.2). Pieces placed in the
next tray level must be grouped by destination and placed in the front
or back of that tray. Mailers may use this option selectively for 3-
digit and AADC ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise item 6.6a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional, but required for 5-digit
price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; when making these
separations.
1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use destination shown in the current
USPS City State Product.
2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
[Resequence current items 6.6b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; separate trays required for each
origin 3-digit/scheme, no minimum; one less-than-full tray allowed for
each 3-digit/scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
[Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *
6.8 Presentation
[Revise 6.8 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together when presenting
mailings for USPS verification. Mixed AADC trays must either be
adjacent to one another, and must be placed as the top layer(s) on any
container; or may be placed immediately below origin/entry 5-digit or
3-digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 236.1.5. Containerization
instructions for First-Class Mail letters and cards may be established
by local USPS managers.
236 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Segregation of Trays for the Origin/Entry SCF
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations mailpieces must be trayed in
accordance with 235.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing
by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the
trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
240 Standard Mail
* * * * *
245 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 to reference required palletization as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have at least 72
linear feet of trays to a presort destination. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in approved alternate
containers.
* * * * *
3.0 Letter Trays
* * * * *
3.3 Letter Tray Preparation
Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to
the next higher presort level at which there is a minimum quantity
(e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Tray, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters
* * * * *
5.3 Machinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 by adding a new second
sentence as follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *
5.4 Nonmachinable Preparation
* * * * *
5.4.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory sentence of 5.4.2 as follows:]
[[Page 13707]]
Overflow trays are not allowed. Mailers must segregate trays
destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Preparation
sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.4.2b through d as the new c through e
and add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional); separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; when making these
separations; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
[Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Letters
* * * * *
6.6 General Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
For all mailings containing any ECR letters over 3 ounces and all
mailings of nonautomation ECR letters, prepare trays as explained
below. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare letters with simplified addresses in
separate trays from pieces with other forms of addressing. For ECR
barcoded automation-compatible letters that weigh up to 3 ounces,
prepare trays under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraphs only of items 6.6a through c as
follows:]
a. Carrier route: Required; full trays only, no overflow.
* * * * *
b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if full tray, optional with
minimum one 10-piece bundle.
* * * * *
c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with minimum one 10-piece
bundle for each of two or more 5-digit areas.
* * * * *
6.7 Traying and Labeling for Automation-Compatible ECR Letters
[Add a new seventh sentence to the introductory paragraph of 6.7 as
follows:]
* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *
7.0 Preparing Automation Letters
* * * * *
7.5 Tray Preparation
[Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow trays with fewer than 150 pieces,
mailers may include these pieces in an existing qualified tray of at
least 150 or more pieces at the next tray level. (For example, 30
overflow 5-digit pieces for 20260 may be added to a qualified 3-digit
tray (prefix 202) and the overflow 5-digit pieces will qualify for the
5-digit price.) Pieces that are placed in the next tray level must be
grouped by destination and placed in the front or back of that tray.
This option does not apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays. When
making 5-digit/scheme and origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers must
segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in
246.1.3 Preparation sequence, tray size, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 7.5b through d as the new c through e,
and add new item b as follows:]
b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional; separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit/scheme; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use L002,
Column B.
[Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *
7.7 Presentation
[Revise 7.7 as follows:]
Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together for USPS
verification, placed as the top layer(s) on any given container, or
immediately below origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3-
digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 246.1.3.
* * * * *
246 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all origin/entry separations made, mailpieces must
be trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated from the remainder of the
mailing by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays;
place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet
or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
300 Commercial Flats
* * * * *
330 First-Class Mail
* * * * *
335 Mail Preparation
* * * * *
3.0 Flat Trays
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
5.0 Preparation of Nonautomation Flats
* * * * *
5.5 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 5.5 b through d as the new c through e,
and add a new item b as follows:
b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required); separate trays required for
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must segregate
trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ``FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.''
[Revise the opening paragraph of resequenced 5.5c as follows:]
c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *
6.0 Preparation of Automation Flats
* * * * *
6.5 First-Class Mail Required Bundle-Based Preparation
* * * * *
6.5.2 Traying and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.5.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under
[[Page 13708]]
336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
6.6 First-Class Mail Optional Tray-Based Preparation
[Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
336 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Deposit
* * * * *
[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or
placed in alternate containers under 335.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: separately
containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on
top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately
to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
340 Standard Mail
343 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail
Flats
* * * * *
5.3 5-Digit Prices for Flats
The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
[Revise 5.3a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more
pieces, as applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme flat tray or approved
alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15
pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays
are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *
[Revise 5.3c as follows:]
c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces,
as applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/scheme or 5-digit flat tray
or approved alternate container under 705.10.0.
5.4 3-Digit Prices for Flats
The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
[Revise 5.4a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more
pieces, as applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more
pieces; placed in a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate container
of at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met
by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more
than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *
5.5 ADC Prices for Flats
ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces:
[Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, or ADC bundle of 10 or more
pieces placed in an ADC flat tray or approved alternate container of at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by
placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than
one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat tray or approved alternate
container.
* * * * *
5.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats
[Revise 5.6 as follows:]
Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not
qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices.
* * * * *
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail Flats
* * * * *
6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.3.2 Basic Price Eligibility
Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or
more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.3.2b through d as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
d. Entered at a destination delivery unit as untrayed or
uncontainerized bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0.
* * * * *
6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.4.2 High Density Prices for Flats
High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle
of 10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved
alternate container.
* * * * *
6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.5.2 Saturation Prices for Flats
Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of
10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
[Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:]
b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full,
according to 345.1.4e.
c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved
alternate container.
* * * * *
345 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or approved alternate
containers) for
[[Page 13709]]
flats meeting the automation standards in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP
Code on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code areas in as a single
scheme, as shown in L007.
d. 5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or approved
alternate containers) for Standard Mail flats: The delivery ZIP Code on
all pieces in carrier route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes
processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L001.
e. Merged 5-digit trays: The carrier route bundles and 5-digit
bundles, in a flat tray or approved alternate container, are all for a
5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
f. Merged 5-digit pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and
noncarrier route 5-digit bundles.
g. Merged 5-digit scheme trays: The 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in
carrier route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or approved
alternate container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a
single scheme as shown in L001, and the 5-digit bundles also are for 5-
digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
h. Merged 5-digit scheme pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and
noncarrier route bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a
single scheme under L001.
* * * * *
[Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as follows:]
k. * * * These separations are optional, but mailers making these
separations must segregate trays for each 3-digit area under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3m as follows:]
m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF)
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate
trays, approved alternate containers or pallets from the remainder of
the mailing under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3q as follows:]
q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers: Contain mail
remaining after completion of a presort sequence. Residual mail lacks
the volume for preparation to a particular destination.
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Delete current items 1.4e through t in their entirety and replace
with new e through u as follows:]
e. A full flat tray is one that is physically full. Although a
specific minimum volume of at least one stack of mail lying flat on the
bottom of the tray and filling the tray to the bottom of the handholds
is required for a tray prepared to a presort destination, trays must be
filled with additional available pieces (up to the reasonable capacity
of the tray) when standards require full trays.
f. A less-than-full flat tray is one that contains flats for the
same destination regardless of quantity or whether a full tray was also
prepared for that destination.
g. An approved alternate container is a container authorized by the
USPS instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and
transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate
containers could include sacks, other USPS mail transport equipment, or
mailer-supplied containers.
h. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0
is defined in 1.3c. When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers
must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles, flat trays or
approved alternate containers, then prepare all possible 5-digit
bundles, flat trays or alternate containers. Label bundles using an
optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a red ``5 SCH''
bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers using the OEL
``label to'' 5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column B.
i. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is defined in 1.3d. Flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit scheme
carrier routes destination that contain bundles for only one of the 5-
digit areas are considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier
routes. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or pallets
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
j. A merged 5-digit sort is an optional sort for Standard Mail
flats in flat trays or alternate containers and is defined in 1.3e. If
preparation of merged 5-digit trays is performed, it must be done for
all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
k. The merged 5-digit sort is optional for bundles of Standard Mail
flats prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is defined in 1.3f. Pallets
labeled to a merged 5-digit destination that contain only a single
price level of bundle(s) are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted.
l. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Standard Mail flats prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers under 705.10.0 is defined
in 1.3g. Trays or alternate containers labeled to a merged 5-digit
scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s)
or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered
to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted.
m. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for bundles of Standard Mail flats
on pallets under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in
1.3h. Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit scheme destination that
contain only a single price level of bundle(s) or bundles for only one
of the 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted. If
preparation of merged 5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it must be
done for all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.
n. A 3-digit scheme sort for bundles of flats meeting the standards
in 301.3.0 is defined in 1.3j. When standards require 3-digit/scheme
sort for flats, mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit scheme
bundles of flats, then prepare all possible 3-digit bundles. Label
bundles using an optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with
a green ``3SCH'' bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers
using the OEL ``label to'' 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008 column B.
o. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray contains all
mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit
scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is
verified. A separate tray may be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or
3-digit scheme) area.
p. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
q. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
r. Entry [facility] (or origin [facility]) refers to the USPS mail
processing facility (e.g., ``entry NDC'') that serves the Post Office
at which the mail is entered by the mailer. If the Post Office where
the mail is entered is not the one
[[Page 13710]]
serving the mailer's location (e.g., for plant-verified drop shipment),
the Post Office of entry determines the entry facility. Entry SCF
includes both single-3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry NDC includes
subordinate ASFs unless otherwise specified.
s. A bundle is a group of addressed pieces secured together as a
unit. Bundle preparation is described in 2.0.
t. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level but which might
not be contained in a single bundle or in a single flat tray, approved
alternate container or pallet due to preparation requirements or the
size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces
for ZIP Code 43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit bundle, and the pieces
are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.
u. Cobundling is an alternate preparation method available under
705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows the combining of flat-size
automation price and Presorted price pieces within the same bundle
under the single minimum bundle size requirement. Regardless of the
class of mail, pieces may not be combined in more than one physical
bundle for each logical presort destination unless presented using an
approved manifest mailing system under 705.2.0.
[Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers.
* * * * *
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
* * * * *
[Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets.
c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s) flat trays or alternate
containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 2.6 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
2.6 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers
In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory sentence only of 2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities
Mailers may enter untrayed, nonpalletized bundles of flat-size
pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all the following
conditions are met:
* * * * *
2.9 Pieces With Simplified Address
[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in
705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and other limits in 2.6 if placed in
trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
3.1 Standard Containers
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as
follows:]
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers except as permitted in
letter trays under 3.4 and under other standards in this section. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
* * * * *
3.4 Preparing Flats in Letter Trays
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.4f as follows:]
Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter trays
instead of flat trays only if the following standards are met:
* * * * *
[Revise 3.4f as follows:]
f. All pieces in the mailing must be placed in letter trays on
pallets, separated by presort destination when the required minimum
pallet load in 705.8.5.3 cannot be met.
* * * * *
[Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Labels for flat trays or approved alternate containers for
automation mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Only legible labels, including hand written labels, are
acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure
legibility.
c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are subject to the standards in
708.6.5 and to the specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
* * * * *
[Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety, and renumber current
items 4.8 and 4.9 as the new 4.7 and 4.8.]
* * * * *
[Revise the title of renumbered 4.8 and text of the introductory
sentence only as follows:]
4.8 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels
Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray labels.
Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and
alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service
Intelligent Mail automation option.
Exhibit 4.9 Required Barcoded Container Labels
[Revise the ``price or type'' description in the second row of
Exhibit 4.9 to replace the word ``cosacked'' with ``cotrayed'' under
Standard Mail as follows:]
PRICE OR TYPE
Standard Mail
* * * * *
Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0 Through 705.13.0
* * * * *
5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Flats
5.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
[[Page 13711]]
b. All pieces must meet the applicable general preparation
standards in 1.0 through 4.0 and the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.1b2 as follows:]
2. All pieces must be in the flat-size processing category and must
be bundled and placed on pallets, or bundled and placed in flat trays
or approved alternate containers. Certain flat-size pieces may be
prepared in letter trays under 3.0.
* * * * *
5.2 Required Bundling
[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]
Bundling is required before placing flats on pallets, in flat trays
or alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
[Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in its entirety and renumber
current items 5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through 5.8:]
[Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or except as provided in 5.5,
a tray or alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of
mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15
pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must apply either one of
these methods:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.4b2 as follows:]
2. The actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or container
is used, if documentation shows the number of pieces and the total
weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory sentence of renumbered 5.6 as
follows;]
5.6 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e
through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC NON BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
* * * * *
[Resequence numbered items 5.7 and 5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and
add a new 5.7 as follows:]
5.7 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in items a
through c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified
in 5.7d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in d
instead of c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 346.1.3;
labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D NON BC
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
5.8 Cotraying and Cobundling Flats With Automation Mail
The following standards apply:
* * * * *
[Revise items 5.8b through d as follows:]
b. If the mailing job contains an automation mailing and a
nonautomation mailing, it must be prepared under the cotraying
standards in 705.9.0.
c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a
nonautomation mailing, it must be separately trayed under 5.0 and 6.0
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
d. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and an
automation mailing, then it must be separately trayed under 6.0 and 7.0
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
* * * * *
5.9 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and
Nonautomation Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as follows:]
Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit
bundles prepared under 5.0 are combined in trays or approved alternate
containers with carrier route bundles and automation 5-digit bundles in
merged 5-digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Flats
6.1 Basic Standards
All mailings and all pieces in each mailing at Enhanced Carrier
Route Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail
nonautomation prices are subject to specific preparation standards in
6.2 through 6.7 and to these general standards:
* * * * *
c. All pieces must meet the standards in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302,
and the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.1c2 as follows:]
2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled and placed on pallets under
705.8.0, or if unable to palletize placed into flat trays or alternate
containers or, if applicable, in letter trays under 3.4. When entering
flat-size pieces at DDUs,
[[Page 13712]]
mailers may prepare untrayed, nonpalletized bundles under 2.7.
* * * * *
6.3 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of flat-size mail as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.3c as follows:]
c. Label carrier route bundles based on the following tray levels:
1. Carrier route tray: No bundle labeling is required.
2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes tray: Bundles must have
a facing slip unless the pieces in the bundle have a carrier
information line or an optional endorsement line (OEL).
[Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:]
6.4 Bundles and Trays With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces
Required
As a general exception to 6.2 through 6.7, a mailer may prepare a
bundle or tray with fewer than the minimum number of pieces required
for a carrier route when pieces meet the saturation standards.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as
follows:]
6.6 Required Tray Minimums
When traying or containerization is required, mailers must prepare
a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a
required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of
pieces, whichever occurs first. The following conditions apply:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.6b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray the pieces according to the actual piece count or mail weight
for each tray, if documentation shows the number and total weight in
each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise 6.6d as follows:]
d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of
pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when pieces meet the
saturation standards.
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:]
6.7 Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
6.8 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and Presorted
Price Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as follows:]
Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles
are combined in trays or approved alternate containers with 5-digit
bundles (both presorted and automation) in merged 5-digit scheme trays
and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *
7.0 Preparing Automation Flats
7.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as follows:]
* * * Trays must bear the appropriate barcoded container labels
under 4.9.
* * * * *
7.4 Standard Mail Bundle Preparation
* * * * *
[Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:]
7.4.2 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.4.2 as follows:]
If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a tray or approved alternate
container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required
presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces,
whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 7.4.2b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, if
documentation shows the number and total weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3
as follows:]
7.4.3 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraph only of 7.4.3 a and c as follows:]
* * * * *
[Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety and add new items e through
g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
* * * * *
[Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7 as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add
a new 7.6 as follows:]
7.6 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles
in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 7.6a through 7.6c.
Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d
must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 7.6d instead of
c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making this
separation, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D BC.
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC); (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
[[Page 13713]]
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
7.7 Merged Containerization With Presorted and Carrier Route Flats
[Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:]
When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-
digit bundles and carrier route bundles that are part of the same
mailing job and mail class may be combined on merged 5-digit scheme
trays or pallets and merged 5-digit trays or pallets. Automation flats
may be cobundled with nonautomation flats under 705.11.0.
7.8 Exception--Automation and Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets
[Revise the third and fifth sentences of renumbered 7.8 as
follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely in trays and claiming this
exception must be cobundled under 705.11.0. * * * The nonautomation
pieces that cannot be placed on NDC or finer level pallets may be
prepared in flat trays and paid at nonautomation flat-size prices. * *
*
* * * * *
346 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit
(scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 345.0 and segregated from the remainder of the
mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these
methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
3.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry
* * * * *
3.2 Eligibility
[Revise 3.2 as follows:]
Pieces in a correctly prepared Standard Mail mailing that meet the
standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet
all of the following conditions:
a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to one of the 3-digit ZIP
Codes served by the NDC or ASF where deposited that are listed in
Exhibit 3.1.
b. Pieces are correctly placed on a pallet or in a tray that is
labeled to an NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility within the service
area of that NDC or ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at that NDC or
ASF.
c. If bundles of flats on pallets are reallocated from an ASF
pallet to a NDC pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF ZIP Codes
placed on the NDC pallet is not eligible for the DNDC prices.
3.3 Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces
[Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as follows:]
All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible for the DNDC discount if the
ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1 of the corresponding
container label) is within the service area of the NDC or ASF at which
the tray is deposited as shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:]
3.4 Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles or Trays
Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or tray can qualify for the DNDC
prices if the following standards are met:
a. All pieces (no minimum) in the bundle or tray must destinate
within the ASF or NDC service area shown in Exhibit 3.1.
b. Use labeling list L009 when labeling bundles or trays containing
such pieces.
* * * * *
4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry
* * * * *
4.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility),
addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed
on a pallet or in a tray labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility
within its service area.
b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on or in a merged 5-
digit scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray deposited at the
destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.
* * * * *
360 Bound Printed Matter
* * * * *
365 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Presentation
1.1 Basic Preparation--Nonpresorted
[Revise 1.1as follows:]
There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling
standards for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter.
* * * * *
1.4 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Renumber current 1.4i through k as the new j through l and add a
new item i as follows:]
i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF)
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate
flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to
destinations within the origin 3-digit area from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 366.2.7.
* * * * *
1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet.
Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail
transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays or approved
authorized containers before preparing 5-digit bundles, and trays or
containers. * * *
[Revise item 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is required for Carrier
Route Bound Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or approved
alternate containers, or as bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit
scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets for those
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier routes trays,
alternate containers or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one
[[Page 13714]]
presort destination subject to a single minimum tray, alternate
container or pallet volume. Trays, alternate containers or pallets
prepared for a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain
carrier route bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit areas are
considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. Preparation
of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5g as follows:]
g. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise 1.5h as follows:]
h. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5k as follows:]
k. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the
required sortation, which might not be contained in one bundle or in
one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation
requirements or the size of the individual pieces. For example, there
may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit
bundle, and the pieces are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]
1.6 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays,
approved alternate containers or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays
or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
2.6 Preparing Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to
the following:
* * * * *
[Revise items 2.6b and c as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, the
applicable weight limits in 5.0 or 6.0.
c. If bundles are prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized bundles
under 366.6.2 or 366.6.3, the weight limits and other standards in 2.7.
[Revise title of 2.7 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities
Mailers may enter untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized
bundles of flat-size pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all
of the following conditions are met:
* * * * *
2.8 Bundle Sizes
[Revise the sixth and seventh sentences of 2.8 as follows:]
* * * Except for mixed ADC bundles and carrier route bundles
prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, each physical
bundle of Bound Printed Matter must contain at least two pieces. For
carrier route Bound Printed Matter prepared in trays or approved
alternate containers, the last physical bundle to an individual carrier
route may consist of a single addressed piece, provided that all other
bundles to that carrier route destination contain at least two
addressed pieces, and that the total group of pieces to that carrier
route (the logical bundle) meets the carrier route eligibility minimum
in 363. * * *
2.9 Pieces With Simplified Addresses
[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in
705.8.0 if placed on pallets and, for Bound Printed Matter in trays or
approved alternate containers, applicable weight limits in 5.0, and
6.0.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays and approved alternate
containers.
b. Labels, including hand-printed labels, must be legible. Machine-
printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility.
c. Barcoded tray labels for automation mailings are subject to 4.8
and 708.6.0.
d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate
containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the
specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 4.2 as
follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.2d as follows]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
[Delete current 4.3, Additional Standards for Barcoded Sack Labels,
in its entirety and renumber current items 4.4 through 4.9 as new 4.3
through 4.8.]
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or alternate containers
for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right,
``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP
Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit
ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code
prefix range
[[Page 13715]]
962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in
the tray or alternate container.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise renumbered 4.4a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by
standards.
* * * * *
[Revise ``code'' description for nonbarcoded ``content type'' (10th
in list) in the table under 4.5b as follows:]
CONTENT TYPE CODE
* * * * *
Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays or alternate containers) NBC (pallets and
cotrayed mail under 705.9.0)
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory paragraph only of renumbered 4.8 as
follows:]
4.8 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Mailers must use barcoded tray labels for barcoded flat-size
mailings. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
[Revise items 4.9d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and
alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service
Intelligent Mail automation option.
5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats
* * * * *
5.2 Bundling
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the first and fourth sentences of 5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must bundle pieces before putting them in trays or approved
alternate containers. * * * Five-digit bundles placed in 5-digit trays
or approved alternate containers and untrayed 5-digit bundles prepared
for DDU entry may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]
5.3 Traying
5.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the
minimum load requirements in 705.8.5.3 or prepare flats as untrayed
bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray or approved
alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort
destination reaches either 20 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever
occurs first. Only mixed ADC trays or alternate containers may contain
smaller volumes. Optional SCF trays or alternate containers are subject
to the same minimum piece or pound provision as required trays. Traying
or containerization also is subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or
alternate container, if documentation can be provided that shows the
number of pieces and their total weight in each tray or alternate
container.
* * * * *
5.3.2 Separation by Zone
[Revise 5.3.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate
containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or
alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for
different zones may be trayed together, and the trays or alternate
containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the
mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or 5.3.3.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3.4 as follows:]
5.3.4 Cotraying Presorted Mail With Barcoded Mail
The following standards apply:
[Revise items 5.3.4a and b as follows:]
a. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying
for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing not
claiming the barcode discount, both mailings must be cotrayed under
705.9.0. The two mailings may be cobundled under 705.11.0 before being
cotrayed under 705.9.0.
b. If the mailing job also contains a carrier route mailing, the
carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0.
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.5
as follows:]
5.3.5 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e through g as
follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when
minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who
are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under
5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations
specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 366.2.7;
labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC''
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
[[Page 13716]]
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Flats
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.3 and 6.3.1 as follows:]
6.3 Traying
6.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3 or may prepare flats
as untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a direct
carrier route tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of
mail for an individual carrier route reaches either 20 addressed pieces
or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller volumes are not
permitted. Mailers must place remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme
carrier routes trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit carrier routes
trays or alternate containers, which have no minimum tray or container
size. Carrier route trays or alternate containers also are subject to
these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or tray the mail by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray
or alternate container, if documentation can be provided with the
mailing that shows the number of pieces and the total weight in each
tray or alternate container.
6.3.2 Separation by Zone
[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate
containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or
alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for
different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers
together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be
separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under one
of the postage payment systems in 705.2.0 through 705.4.0 or under
6.3.3.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 6.3.5 as
follows:]
6.3.5 Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and
Line 1 tray labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.3.6 as follows:]
6.3.6 Tray Label Line 2
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 6.3.7 as follows:]
6.3.7 Exception to Traying
Traying or containerization is not required for bundles that are
entered at DDU prices; such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up
to 40 pounds each.
7.0 Preparing Barcoded Flats
7.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the second and third sentences of 7.1 as follows:]
* * * Bundle, tray or approved alternate container preparation is
subject to 365.0. Trays or alternate containers must bear the
appropriate barcoded tray labels under 4.9.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 7.4 as follows:]
7.4 Traying
[Revise title and introductory paragraph of 7.4.1 as follows:]
7.4.1 Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current item 7.4.1e in its entirety and add new items e
through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC BC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
[Renumber current items 7.5 through 7.5.2 as new 7.6 through 7.6.2
and add a new 7.5 as follows:]
7.5 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when
minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who
are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown
in 7.5a through 7.5c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations
specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the
instructions in 7.5d instead of 7.5c. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 366.2.7; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D BC.''
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
[[Page 13717]]
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
7.6 Mixed Price Preparation
[Revise title of renumbered 7.6.1 as follows:]
7.6.1 Cobundling and Cotraying Mixed Mail
The following standards apply to Bound Printed Matter:
[Revise renumbered 7.6.1a and b as follows:]
a. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing, a Presorted
mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount under 363.6.1,
and a Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount), then the
carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0, and the Presorted
mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and the
Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount) must be cotrayed
under 705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled
together under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under
705.9.0.
b. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying
for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing (not
claiming the barcode discount), both mailings must be cotrayed under
705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled together
under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.
* * * * *
7.6.2 Merged Containerization
[Revise renumbered 7.6.2 as follows:]
When the conditions and preparation standards in 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles of Presorted (barcoded
and nonbarcoded pieces) and carrier route mail that are part of the
same mailing job and class of mail may be combined on merged 5-digit
scheme pallets, trays or approved alternate containers and merged 5-
digit pallets, trays or approved alternate containers. Barcode discount
pieces may be cobundled with presorted pieces under 705.11.0
366 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry SCF, origin 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit trays
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where
mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or
placed in alternative containers under 365.0 and segregated from the
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays
by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the
trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other
container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
3.0 Destination Entry
3.1 General
[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]
* * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by
the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of
container the mail is in (pallet, tray or alternate container). * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and the first sentence of the text of 3.7 as
follows:]
3.7 Mailings of Untrayed Bundles
Mailers may present untrayed, or uncontainerized, nonpalletized
bundles of BPM flats that are properly prepared for and entered at DDU
prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. * * *
* * * * *
4.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry
4.1 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are
eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following
conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or approved
alternate container, that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited,
or labeled to a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area
(see Exhibit 4.1).
* * * * *
4.2 Presorted Flats
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
Presorted flats on pallets, or placed in trays or approved
alternate containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices.
Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate containers must be prepared for
flats eligible for and claimed at the DNDC price and for flats not
claimed at the DNDC price. Use the ``label to'' ZIP Code of the ADC to
assign ADC bundles to the respective mixed ADC tray or alternate
container. Use the address on the mailpieces to assign pieces to the
respective mixed ADC bundle. All pieces in an ADC tray, alternate
container or in a palletized ADC bundle are eligible for the DNDC
discount if the ADC facility ZIP Code (shown in Line 1 of the
corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the destination of
the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC tray label for
that facility using L004, Column B) is within the service area of the
NDC or ASF at which the tray or alternate container is deposited. Mail
must be entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.
4.3 Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 4.3 as follows:]
Carrier Route flats on pallets, or in trays or alternate
containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. * * *
5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry
5.1 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 5.0 are
eligible for the DSCF price when they meet all of the following
conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or authorized
alternate container, that is labeled to the facility where deposited or
labeled to a postal facility within that facility's service area.
* * * * *
5.2 Presorted Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]
Presorted flats and automation flats in trays or alternate
containers for the 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels or on pallets
at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may
claim DSCF prices. * * *
5.3 Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 5.3 as follows:]
Carrier route flats in trays, or alternate containers, at all sort
levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit
carrier routes, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF
prices. * * *
6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry
* * * * *
6.2 Presorted Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.2 as follows:]
Presorted flats that weigh more than 1 pound in 5-digit trays or
alternate containers, on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit
[[Page 13718]]
pallets, or prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may
claim DDU prices. * * *
6.3 Carrier Route Flats
[Revise the first sentence of 6.3 as follows:]
Carrier route flats in trays or alternate containers, on 5-digit
carrier routes scheme and 5-digit carrier routes pallets, or prepared
as untrayed or uncontainerized carrier route bundles may claim DDU
prices. * * *
* * * * *
370 Media Mail
373 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail Flats
* * * * *
3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail
Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
[Revise 3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-Digit Presort Price. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece
must be sorted to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under
375.5.0, or 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. All logical 5-digit bundles
on pallets must contain at least 10 pieces.
* * * * *
375 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays or approved alternate containers)
for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in 301.3.0;
the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of
the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges in a single scheme, as shown in L007.
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or approved
alternate containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and
trays (or approved alternate containers). * * *
* * * * *
[Revise 1.4e as follows:]
e. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise 1.4f as follows:]
f. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.6 Preparing Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to
the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 2.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Media Mail
must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2.
2.7 Bundle Sizes
[Revise the fifth sentence of 2.7 as follows:]
* * * Unless otherwise noted, the maximum weight for bundles placed
in trays or approved alternate containers is 20 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as
follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.2d as follows:]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
[Renumber current items 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8
and add a new 4.3 as follows:]
4.3 Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in
4.9 and 708.6.3.
4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.4c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP
Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.
[[Page 13719]]
4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise 4.5a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by
standards.
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray
labels meeting these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats
* * * * *
5.2 Bundling
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]
* * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds,
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved
alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]
5.3 Traying
5.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums
specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed
ADC trays or alternate containers).
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2
as follows:]
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described in 376.2.1. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); see
1.4c; scheme sort required, only for pieces meeting the automation-
compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10 addressed pieces; when
making these separations; labeling:
[Revise items 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use
L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military
mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC
FLT 5D SCH NBC.'' For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC FLT
5D NBC.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f as
follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level.
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate
containers under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at
acceptance locations specified in item 5.4d must prepare mailings
according to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 376.2.1; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
376 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers under 375.0 and segregated from the remainder of
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
380 Library Mail
383 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
[[Page 13720]]
3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail Flats
* * * * *
3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail
Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
[Revise the second sentence of 3.4a as follows:]
a. * * * To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted
to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under 385.5.0 or to
5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. * * *
* * * * *
385 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays and approved alternate
containers) for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in
301.3.0: the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with
one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges processed in a single scheme, as
shown in L007.
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]
c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or alternate
containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and trays (or
alternate containers). * * *
* * * * *
[Revise 1.4e as follows:]
e. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise 1.4f as follows:]
f. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.6 Preparing Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to
the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 2.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Library
Mail must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as
follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.2d as follows:]
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
[Renumber current 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and
add a new 4.3 as follows:]
4.3 Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in
4.9 and 708.6.3.
4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.4c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP
Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.
4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise 4.5a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by
standards.
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray
labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
[[Page 13721]]
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats
* * * * *
5.2 Bundling
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]
* * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds,
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved
alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]
5.3 Traying
5.3.1 Required Traying
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums
specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed
ADC trays or alternate containers).
[Revise title and text of introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as
follows:]
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF under 386.2.1. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise item 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use
L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city,
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military
mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC
FLT 5D SCH NBC.'' For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC FLT
5D NBC.''
* * * * *
[Delete item 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f
as follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]
5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level.
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at
acceptance locations specified in 5.4d must prepare mailings according
to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and
labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC.''
b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C. information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
386 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers under 385.0 and segregated from the remainder of
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
400 Commercial Parcels
* * * * *
430 First-Class Mail
433 Prices and Eligibility
1.0 Prices and Fees for First-Class Mail
* * * * *
1.4 Surcharge
[Revise the introductory sentence of 1.4 as follows:]
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, sacks, or approved
alternate containers; or paid at the single-piece prices, presorted
parcels are subject to a surcharge if any of the following
characteristics apply:
* * * * *
4.0 Price Eligibility for Presorted First-Class Mail Parcels
4.1 5-Digit Price
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
The 5-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 5-digit/scheme
tray, sack or approved alternate container containing at least 10
pounds of parcels.
4.2 3-Digit Price
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
The 3-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit tray or
approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.3 ADC Price
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
The ADC price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit origin tray
or approved alternate container (no
[[Page 13722]]
minimum), and to parcels in an ADC tray or approved alternate container
containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.4 Single-Piece Price
[Revise 4.4 as follows:]
The single-piece price applies to presorted parcels in a mixed ADC
tray or approved alternate container, with no minimum volume
requirement.
* * * * *
435 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence current items 1.4c through f as the new d through g and
add a new item c as follows:]
c. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. An origin/entry 3-digit tray or approved alternate container
contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code area
processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified/
entered. Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit
area regardless of the volume of mail. These separations are optional,
but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays,
approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within
the origin 3-digit area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing
as described in 436.1.5.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
g. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of
pieces in a mailing that are eligible for a specific presort level
based on the required sortation, but which might not be contained in
one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation
requirements or the size of the individual pieces.
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Delete current 2.1, Presort, in its entirety, renumber current 2.2
and 2.3 as the new 2.1 and 2.2, and revise renumbered 2.1 as follows:]
2.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays, sacks (for 5-digit or 5-digit scheme separations), or
approved alternate containers. A postmaster may authorize nonpostal
containers for a small-volume presorted mailing if the mailing weighs
no more than 20 pounds, consists primarily of mail or bundles of mail
for local ZIP Codes, and requires no USPS transportation for
processing.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]
2.2 Tray Preparation
Tray, alternate container or sack preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct
tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its
content must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Tray Labels
3.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 3.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays, approved alternate containers
and sacks.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
c. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.
[Renumber 3.2 through 3.7 as the new 3.3 through 3.8 and add a new
3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered 3.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise renumbered 3.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray, alternate container or sack and other information as
specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of renumbered 3.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *
3.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise renumbered 3.6 as follows:]
All trays, alternate containers or sacks containing parcels
prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS)
under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives ``EVS'' or ``E-
VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for
Line 3. As an option, ``eVS'' may be placed as the first element on
Line 3.
* * * * *
[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]
3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
[[Page 13723]]
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
4.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 4.4 as
follows:]
4.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 436.1.5.
Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.4a1 and 4.4a2 as follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.2c for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``FCM PARCELS 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or
sacks, ``FCM PARCELS 5D.''
* * * * *
436 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Deposit
* * * * *
[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered.
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in
alternative containers under 435.4 and segregated from the remainder of
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
440 Standard Mail
443 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail Parcels
* * * * *
3.3 Additional Basic Standards for Standard Mail
Each Standard Mail mailing is subject to these general standards:
[Revise 3.3a as follows:]
a. All pieces in a mailing must be of the same processing category,
except that irregular and machinable parcels may be combined in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on
5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets.
* * * * *
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces
* * * * *
5.2 Price Application
[Revise the last sentence in 5.2 as follows:]
* * * For example, when there are 10 pounds of combined machinable
parcels, irregular parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable pieces in a 5-digit
tray, approved alternate container or sack, all pieces are eligible for
the 5-digit prices.
5.3 Prices for Machinable Parcels
5.3.1 5-Digit Price
The 5-digit price applies to qualifying machinable parcels that are
dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU
and presented:
[Revise 5.3.1a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or
sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
* * * * *
5.3.2 NDC Price
The NDC price applies to qualifying machinable parcels as follows
under either of the following conditions:
a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:
[Revise 5.3.2a1 as follows:]
1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing
at least 10 pounds of parcels, or
* * * * *
5.3.3 Mixed NDC Price
[Revise 5.3.3 as follows:]
The mixed NDC price applies to machinable parcels that are not
eligible for 5-digit or NDC prices. Place machinable parcels at mixed
NDC prices in origin NDC trays or approved alternate containers or on
origin NDC pallets, then in mixed NDC trays or approved alternate
containers, or on mixed NDC pallets. See 445.5.3.2 and 705.8.10.
5.4 Prices for Irregular Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) Pieces
5.4.1 5-Digit Price
The 5-digit price applies to irregular parcels and NFMs that are
dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU
and presented:
[Revise 5.4.1a as follows:]
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or
sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
* * * * *
5.4.2 SCF Price
The SCF price applies to irregular parcels or NFMs that are
dropshipped and presented to a DSCF or DNDC:
[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
a. In an SCF tray or approved alternate container containing at
least 10 pounds of parcels.
* * * * *
5.4.3 NDC Price
The NDC price applies to qualifying irregular parcels or NFMs as
follows under either of the following conditions:
a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:
[Revise 5.4.3a1 as follows:]
1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing
at least 10 pounds of parcels, or
* * * * *
5.4.4 Mixed NDC Price
[Revise the last sentence of 5.4.4 as follows:]
* * * Place irregular parcels or NFMs at mixed NDC prices in origin
NDC or mixed NDC trays or approved alternate containers under 445.5.4.4
or on origin NDC or mixed NDC pallets under 705.8.10.
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail Parcels
* * * * *
6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.3.2 Basic Price Discount for Irregular Parcels
[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-digit
carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in carrier route
bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.
6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
[[Page 13724]]
6.4.2 High Density Price Discount for Irregular Parcels
[Revise 6.4.2 as follows:]
High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-
digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack
containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in
carrier route bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.
6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards
* * * * *
6.5.2 Saturation Price Discount for Irregular Parcels
[Revise the first two sentences of 6.5.2 as follows:]
Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route, or 5-
digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack
containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. * * *
* * * * *
445 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3c as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, alternate containers and sacks)
for Standard Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in a single scheme, as
shown in L606.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3g as follows:]
g. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles or pieces for
one or more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility
(SCF) (see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered.
Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit area
regardless of the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must
segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled
to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 446.1.3.
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 1.3l as follows:]
l. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers contain
material remaining after completion of a presort sequence. * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence items 1.4b through j as the new c through k and add a
new item b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard Mail parcels yields 5-digit
scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 5-
digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate containers,
sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each
scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single
minimum volume (if required). Trays, alternate containers, sacks or
pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit
scheme sorted.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.4f as follows:]
f. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
g. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced item k as follows:]
k. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the
required sortation, but which might not be contained in one bundle or
in one container due to preparation requirements or the size of the
individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code
43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit bundle, and the pieces are prepared
in three physical 5-digit bundles.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays,
approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays
or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise the title and text of the introductory sentence of 2.6 as
follows:]
2.6 Preparing Bundles in Trays or Sacks
In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare and
secure bundles placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks
as follows:
* * * * *
2.7 Pieces With Simplified Address
[Revise the last sentence of 2.7 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in
705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and weight and height limits in 2.6 if
placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
3.1 Standard Containers
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as
follows:]
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-
digit scheme, carrier route and 5-digit carrier route separations may
be prepared in sacks. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these
standards:
a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray
label.
[[Page 13725]]
b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content
must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise 4.4a as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as
specified by standards.
[Revise the introductory sentence of 4.4b as follows:]
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels:
* * * * *
4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the
Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels
* * * * *
5.3 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title and text of 5.3.1 as follows:]
5.3.1 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only
for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming
DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Mailers may prepare ASF or NDC trays or
alternate containers only for parcels that will be dropshipped to a
DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices). There is no minimum for
parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine the preparation of either
irregular parcels or any Not Flat-Machinable pieces with machinable
parcels placed in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks
must prepare those containers or sacks under 5.3.2a.
[Revise title of 5.3.2 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
5.3.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price),
sacking allowed, see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU.
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound
minimum except at DDU which has no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military
mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, ``STD
MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, ``STD MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.3.2e in its entirety and add new items 5.3.2e and f as
follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG.''
5.4 Preparing Irregular Parcels
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 5.4.2 as follows:]
5.4.2 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only
for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming
DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 5.4.4 for restrictions on SCF, ASF, and
NDC trays or alternate containers. Mailers must prepare a tray,
alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required
presort
[[Page 13726]]
destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces. There is no minimum for
parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine irregular parcels with
machinable parcels and NFMs in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate
containers or sacks must prepare the mailing under 5.3.2. Mailers may
combine irregular and machinable parcels to other presort levels.
Mailers may combine irregular parcels with NFMs weighing less than 6
ounces in trays, alternate containers or sacks under 5.4.4.
5.4.3 Drop Shipment
[Revise 5.4.3 as follows:]
A mailer using Priority Mail or Express Mail to drop ship Standard
Mail irregular parcels may prepare containers or sacks containing fewer
than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of mail.
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.4.4
as follows:]
5.4.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise items 5.4.4a1 and 5.4.4a2 as follows:]
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0
for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``STD IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``STD IRREG 5D.''
[Renumber current items 5.4.4b through f as the new 5.4.4c through
g and add a new b as follows:]
b. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
2. For Line 2, ``STD IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
[Delete renumbered 5.4.4g in its entirety and add new items g and h
as follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]
6.3 Containerization and Labeling
[Revise title and text of 6.3.1 as follows:]
6.3.1 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only
for NFMs that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC
prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 for restrictions on SCF,
ASF, and NDC trays or containers.
6.3.2 NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than 6 Ounces
[Revise the introductory paragraph only of 6.3.2 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling of NFM pieces weighing less
than 6 ounces:
[Revise 6.3.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price),
sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU.
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound
minimum except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0
for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``STD NFM 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``STD NFM 5D.''
[Renumber current 6.3.2b through f as the new 6.3.2c through g and
add a new 6.3.2b as follows:]
b. Origin SCF (optional); no minimum; labeling:
1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
2. For Line 2, ``STD NFM SCF.''
* * * * *
[Delete renumbered 6.3.2g in its entirety and add a new 6.3.2 g and
h as follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
6.3.3 NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces or More
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.3 as follows:]
Preparation sequence and labeling for trays, alternate containers
or sacks of NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or more:
[Revise 6.3.3a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price),
sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU.
Trays, alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound minimum
except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0
for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``STD NFM MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or
sacks, ``STD NFM MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 6.3.3e in its entirety and add new 6.3.3e and f as
follows:]
[[Page 13727]]
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
7.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Parcels
* * * * *
7.4 Bundling
7.4.1 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of parcels as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 7.4.1c as follows:]
c. The method of labeling a carrier route bundle is based on the
following tray, sack or alternate container levels:
1. Carrier route tray, sack or alternate container: No bundle
labeling is required.
2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes trays, sacks or
alternate containers: Bundles must have a facing slip unless the pieces
in the bundle have a carrier information line or an optional
endorsement line (OEL).
7.4.2 Bundles and Sacks With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces
Required
[Revise 7.4.2 as follows:]
As a general exception to 7.4.1, a mailer may prepare a bundle with
fewer than 10 pieces and a less-than-full tray or alternate container
with fewer than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of pieces to a
carrier route when claiming the saturation price for the contents and
the density standard is met.
7.5 Preparing Irregular Parcels
[Revise title of 7.5.1 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
7.5.1 Container Minimums
A tray, sack or approved alternate container must be prepared when
the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either
125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 7.5.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
(divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the
resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 125-piece
or 15-pound minimum applies) or tray (sacking or use of alternate
containers allowed) by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
tray, sack or container, if documentation shows the number of pieces
and their total weight of the pieces in each tray or container.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 7.5.2 only
as follows:]
7.5.2 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined
within the origin/entry SCF as described in 446.1.3. Preparation
sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
446 Enter and Deposit
1.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional,
separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers under 445.0 and segregated from the remainder of the
mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these
methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *
3.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry
* * * * *
3.3 Additional Standards for Machinable Parcels
[Delete the introductory sentence of 3.3 and 3.3b in their
entirety. Use the text of 3.3a as the complete 3.3, and revise the
second sentence as follows:]
* * * Machinable parcels palletized, trayed, sacked or placed in
approved alternate containers may be sorted to destination NDCs or to
destination NDCs and ASFs. * * *
* * * * *
4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry
* * * * *
4.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility),
addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed
in a tray or approved alternate container, or on a pallet, that is
labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility within its service area.
b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on a 5-digit pallet
or in a 5-digit scheme or 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack
that is deposited at the destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.
* * * * *
5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry
* * * * *
5.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are
eligible for the DDU price when deposited at a DDU, addressed for
delivery within that facility's service area, and prepared as follows:
[Revise item 5.2a as follows:]
a. Irregular parcels in carrier route bundles sorted to carrier
route trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, and otherwise
eligible for and claimed at a carrier route price.
* * * * *
450 Parcel Select
453 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
3.0 Price Eligibility for Parcel Select
3.1 Destination Entry Price Eligibility
* * * * *
3.1.2 Basic Standards
For Parcel Select destination entry, pieces must meet the
applicable standards in 455.4.0 and the following criteria:
[Revise 3.1.2a as follows:]
a. Pieces may be bedloaded on pallets, in pallet boxes on pallets,
in flat trays,
[[Page 13728]]
approved alternate containers or sacks as specified in 456.2.1 through
456.2.16, depending on the facility at which the pieces are deposited.
* * * * *
3.1.3 DNDC Prices
For DNDC prices, pieces must meet the applicable standards in 3.0
and the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 3.1.3d as follows:]
d. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under
Exhibit 3.1.3 and must be prepared according to 455.4.0 and 705.8.0.
Mail meeting the additional criteria in 456.2.15 or 456.2.16 may be
deposited at an SCF.
* * * * *
455 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
1.1 Basic Standards
All mailings at Parcel Select prices are subject to these general
standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.1b as follows:]
b. All pieces must be prepared on pallets when they have reached
the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is
unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
1.4 Terms for Presort Level
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.4b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers
and sacks): The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code in a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *
1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence items 1.5 b through i as the new 1.5c through j and add
a new 1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for parcels yields 5-digit scheme pallets,
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for those 5-digit ZIP
Codes listed in L606, and 5-digit pallets, trays, alternate containers
or sacks for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are
treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume.
Pallets, trays, alternate containers or sacks prepared for a 5-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-
digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme sorted. The 5-digit
scheme sort is always optional, including when 5-digit sortation is
required for price eligibility and need not be used for all possible 5-
digit scheme sorts.
* * * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.5h as follows:]
h. An overflow container for Parcel Select DSCF mail is a 5-digit
scheme or 5-digit tray, approved alternate container or sack prepared
with fewer than seven pieces after all other required trays, alternate
containers or sacks for that same 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code
area are prepared under 4.2. If all of the mail is trayed,
containerized or sacked under 4.0, only one overflow container is
permitted for each 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code. If a mailing is
prepared on pallets, remaining Parcel Select pieces mail may be
prepared in one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit overflow containers
only after one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets are prepared
to meet the minimum pallet requirement in 705.8.0. Pieces in overflow
containers qualify for the Parcel Select DSCF prices.
* * * * *
1.6 Separation
[Revise the last sentence of 1.6 as follows:]
* * * If DSCF trays or approved alternate containers prepared under
4.2.3 are included in the same mailing as DSCF pallets prepared under
705.8.20.1e., then at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate
the trays or alternate containers that are overflow from palletized
mail from those trays or alternate containers prepared under 4.2.
* * * * *
[Renumber current items 1.7 and 1.8 as the new 1.8 and 1.9, and add
a new 1.7 as follows:]
1.7 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 2.1 as the new 2.2 and add a new 2.1 as follows:]
2.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]
2.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is
subject to these standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct
tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Tray Labels
3.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 3.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
[Revise 3.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[[Page 13729]]
[Revise 3.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise items 3.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as
specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 3.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS
labeling information). * * *
3.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 3.6 as follows:]
All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]
3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
4.0 Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select
4.1 Preparing Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Parcel Select
* * * * *
4.1.2 Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 4.1.2c as follows:]
c. If the delivery unit serves more than one 5-digit ZIP Code, the
pieces must be separated by 5-digit ZIP Code when unloaded, unless
prepared as optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate
containers, sacks or pallets. * * *
[Revise title of 4.1.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as
follows:]
4.1.3 Containerization and Labeling
There are no minimum traying, containerization, sacking or pallet
preparation standards. DDU pieces may be bedloaded, trayed, placed in
approved alternate containers, sacked, placed directly on pallets or
placed in pallet boxes. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be
combined in the same tray, alternate container or sack, or on the same
pallet (including pallet boxes). Trayed, containerized and sacked mail
must be labeled as follows:
* * * * *
4.2 Preparing Destination SCF (DSCF) Parcel Select
* * * * *
4.2.2 Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 4.2.2c as follows:]
c. Sorted to optional 5-digit scheme destinations under L606,
Column B, and 5-digit destinations, either in trays, approved alternate
containers, sacks or directly on pallets or in pallet boxes.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 4.2.3 as follows:]
4.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Containerization requirements for DSCF entry:
a. Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks are permitted.
b. Each 5-digit scheme and 5-digit tray, alternate container or
sack must contain a minimum of seven pieces. Machinable and
nonmachinable pieces may be combined in the same tray, alternate
container or sack to meet this requirement. One overflow tray,
alternate container or sack per 5-digit ZIP Code is permitted (no piece
minimum).
c. 5-digit scheme tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line
1, use L606, Column B; for Line 2, ``PSVC PARCELS 5D SCH.''
d. 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line 1, use
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.3 for overseas
military mail); for Line 2, ``PSVC PARCELS 5D.''
e. 3-digit nonmachinable tray or alternate container labeling: Line
1, use L002, Column A; for Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG 3D.''
f. See 705.8.0 for option to place 5-digit scheme and 5-digit DSCF
trays, alternate containers or sacks and 3-digit nonmachinable trays or
alternate containers on an SCF pallet.
4.3 Preparing Destination NDC (DNDC) Parcel Select
* * * * *
4.3.2 Basic Standards
Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following
criteria:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 4.3.2e as follows:]
e. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under
Exhibit 453.3.1.3 and, if trayed, placed in approved alternate
containers, sacked or palletized, must be prepared according to 4.0 and
705.8.0. * * *
[Revise title and text of 4.3.3 as follows:]
4.3.3 Containerization and Labeling
DNDC mailing (if not bedloaded), must be prepared as follows:
a. DNDC machinable parcels must be trayed, placed in approved
alternate containers or sacked under 6.0, or prepared on pallets under
705.8.0.
b. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that each weigh 35 pounds or less
must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked under
6.0, if the parcels do not contain perishables and the size of the
parcels allows a tray, alternate container or sack to hold at least two
pieces. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that cannot be containerized in this
manner or that weigh more than 35
[[Page 13730]]
pounds must be transported as outside (uncontainerized) pieces. If
authorized by the USPS, DNDC nonmachinable parcels may be palletized.
* * * * *
6.0 Preparing Barcoded Machinable Parcels
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.3 and the text of the first sentence as
follows:]
6.3 Containerization and Labeling
Traying, containerization or sacking is not required, however
mailers may opt to prepare Parcel Select machinable parcels in trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks under 2.0 or on pallets under
705.8.0. * * *
[Revise title of 6.3.1 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
6.3.1 Container Preparation
Container and preparation sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise items 6.3.1a and b as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme: Optional (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds);
sacking allowed; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.
b. 5-digit; required (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking
allowed; for Line 1, use city, state and 5-digit ZIP Code destination
of pieces (see 3.3c. for military mail).
* * * * *
[Delete 6.3.1e in its entirety and add new items e and f as
follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network: Required (no minimum); for Line 1, use L603,
Column C information for the Tier 2 facility serving the 3-digit ZIP
Code prefix of entry Post Office.
f. Tier 2 Network: Required for specified acceptance locations (no
minimum); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers. For Line 1, use L603, Column C
information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry Post Office.
[Revise title of 6.3.2 as follows:]
6.3.2 Tray Line 2
* * * * *
[Delete 6.3.2e in its entirety and add new items e and f as
follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network, Directional: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
456 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
2.0 Deposit
2.1 Bedloaded Parcels
* * * * *
2.1.1 Containers
DNDC mailings (if not bedloaded), DDU mailings (if not bedloaded),
and all DSCF mailings must be prepared as follows:
[Revise 2.1.1a through d as follows:]
a. Machinable parcels for which a DNDC, DSCF, or DDU price is
claimed must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or
sacked under 455.4.0, Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select, or
prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
b. For DNDC price, nonmachinable parcels must be prepared under
455.4.3.3.
c. For DSCF, if prepared under 455.4.0, trays, alternate containers
or sacks must contain at least seven pieces. If the tray, alternate
container or sack is overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-
digit tray, alternate container or sack that contains at least seven
pieces, then a tray, alternate container or sack may contain fewer than
seven pieces. For DSCF, if trayed, placed in approved alternate
containers or sacked as overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-
digit pallet that meets the pallet minimum, may contain any number of
pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be included in the same
tray, alternate container or sack.
d. For DSCF, 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, and 3-digit trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks may be bedloaded or be placed on SCF
pallets that are labeled and otherwise prepared under 705.8.0.
* * * * *
[Revise 2.1.1f as follows:]
f. For DDU, there are no minimums for trays, approved alternate
containers, sacks, pallets, or pallet boxes. DDU mail must be separated
by 5-digit scheme and 5-digit and, if placed in trays, alternate
containers, or sacks, on pallets, or in pallet boxes, it must be
labeled to the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit destination. Machinable and
nonmachinable pieces may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and
5-digit pallets (including pallet boxes).
* * * * *
2.12 Vehicle Unloading
Unloading of destination entry mailings is subject to these
conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2c as follows:]
c. At destination delivery units (DDUs), drivers must unload all
mail, whether bedloaded, trayed, containerized, sacked, or palletized
(including boxes on pallets), within 1 hour of arrival. Unloading
procedures are as follows:
* * * * *
2.16 Acceptance at Designated SCF-USPS Benefit
A mailing that is otherwise eligible for DNDC prices may be
deposited, and accepted, at an SCF designated by the USPS when it
benefits the USPS and:
[Revise item 2.16a as follows:]
a. The mailing contains only machinable parcels prepared in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets, and
nonmachinable parcels prepared under 2.1.1.
* * * * *
460 Bound Printed Matter
* * * * *
465 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
1.1 Basic Preparation--Nonpresorted
[Revise 1.1 as follows:]
There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling
standards for nonpresorted price Bound Printed Matter.
* * * * *
1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence 1.5b through j as the new 1.5c through k and add a new
item 1.5b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-
supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Bound Printed Matter parcels yields 5-
digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for
those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume. Trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets
prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only
[[Page 13731]]
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme
sorted. * * *
[Revise resequenced 1.5e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray or approved
alternate container includes all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-
digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose
service area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit
scheme) area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or
alternate container may be prepared for each. These separations are
optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat
trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations
within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the mailing as
described in 466.2.7.
[Revise resequenced 1.5f as follows:]
f. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum
size or weight.
[Revise resequenced 1.5g as follows:]
g. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or
weight.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]
1.6 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or
approved alternate containers.
2.0 Bundles
* * * * *
2.2 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
[Revise 2.2a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays,
approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.
* * * * *
2.6 Bundle Sizes
[Revise 2.6 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of
Presorted irregular parcels for DDU entry according to 2.8 and 5.2 for
parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 5.3 for parcels weighing 10
pounds or more. Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized
bundles of carrier route irregular parcels for DDU entry according to
2.7 and 6.2 for parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 6.3 for
parcels weighing 10 pounds or more.
[Revise title of 2.7 and the text of the introductory sentence of
2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Additional Standards for Uncontainerized Bundles Entered at DDU
Facilities
Mailers may enter uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of
irregular parcels at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all of the
following conditions are met:
* * * * *
2.8 Pieces With Simplified Addresses
[Revise the last sentence of 2.8 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight
limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and for parcels in trays or
approved alternate containers, specific weight limits in 5.0 and 6.0.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-
digit scheme and carrier route separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is
subject to these standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct
tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.0.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: White or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise the text of 4.4b as follows:]
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
[Revise the ``code'' description for nonbarcoded ``content type''
(ninth from the top) as follows:]
CONTENT TYPE CODE
* * * * *
Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays/alternate containers) NBC (pallets and
combined mail under 705.9.0)
* * * * *
4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS). * * *
[[Page 13732]]
4.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels
5.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
5.1.2 Separation
[Revise 5.1.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be trayed, sacked or placed in approved
alternate containers separately, separated by zone. Exception: Pieces
for different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers
together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be
separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under
705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or under 5.1.3, Commingling Zones.
* * * * *
5.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds
5.2.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
Bundling is required before placing pieces into trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks, except for pieces placed in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks when such
pieces are enclosed in an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length
wrapper, or polybag and the minimum bundle size is met. Otherwise, a
bundle must be prepared when the quantity of addressed pieces for a
required presort level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces or 10 pounds,
whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except mixed
ADC bundles). The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds,
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, or prepared for and entered at DDU
prices, may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds each. Each physical bundle
must contain at least two addressed pieces (except mixed ADC bundles).
Bundling also is subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.2.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as
follows:]
5.2.3 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray,
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate containers). Optional
SCF trays or alternate containers may be prepared only when there are
at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first.
Containerization is not required for 5-digit bundles when entered at
DDU prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40
pounds. Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of 5.2.3b as follows:]
b. * * * Alternatively, place pieces in trays, alternate containers
or sacks by the actual piece count or mail weight for each bundle
destination, provided that documentation shows the number of pieces and
their total weight in each container.
* * * * *
[Revise title and introductory paragraph of 5.2.4 as follows:]
5.2.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-
digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
[Resequence current 5.2.4c through e as the new 5.2.4d through f
and add a new 5.2.4c as follows:]
c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
2. For Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
[Delete resequenced 5.2.4f in its entirety and add 5.2.4f through h
as follows:]
f. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 5.3.2 as follows:]
5.3.2 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray,
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches 20 pounds. Smaller
volumes are not permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme and optional SCF trays or
alternate containers or sacks may be prepared only when there are at
least 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted. Containerization is
not required for 5-digit bundles when prepared for and entered at DDU
prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 pounds.
[[Page 13733]]
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.3
as follows:]
5.3.3 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or
sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
[Renumber current 5.3.3c through e as the new 5.3.3d through f and
add a new 5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
2. For Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
[Delete renumbered 5.3.3 f and add new 5.3.3 f through h as
follows:]
f. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
5.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels Not Claiming DNDC Prices
[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as
follows:]
5.4.1 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray,
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers).
Optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks
may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted.
Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.4.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
bundle destination, provided that documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for
each container.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.4.2 as follows:]
5.4.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, ``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, ``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete current 5.4.2c in its entirety and add new 5.4.2c and d as
follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
5.5 Preparing Machinable Parcels Claiming DNDC Prices
[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as
follows:]
5.5.1 Containerization
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray,
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers).
Optional 5-digit scheme and optional ASF trays or alternate containers
may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted. See
466.4.0 for DNDC price eligibility. Containerization is also subject to
these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.5.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for
each container.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.5.2 as follows:]
5.5.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.5.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.4 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH 5D SCHEME'' or ``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.''
* * * * *
[Delete current 5.5.2d in its entirety and add new 5.5.2d and e as
follows:]
d. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
[[Page 13734]]
e. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Parcels
6.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
6.1.2 Separation
[Revise 6.1.2 as follows:]
Pieces for each zone must be separately placed in trays, approved
alternate containers or sacks. When presented for verification, trays,
alternate containers or sacks must be separated by zone. Exception:
Pieces for different zones may be containerized together, and the
containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the
mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0, or under 6.1.3,
Commingling Zones.
* * * * *
6.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds
6.2.1 Bundle Preparation
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 6.2.1
as follows:]
Bundling is not required in direct carrier route trays or approved
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.2.2 and text of the introductory paragraph as
follows:]
6.2.2 Containerization
Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or
prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must
prepare a direct carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate
container when the quantity of mail for an individual carrier route
reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs
first; smaller volumes are not permitted. Mailers then must place
remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers or 5-digit carrier routes trays or alternate containers,
which have no minimum container size. Carrier route containers also are
subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for
each container.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.2.3 and text of the introductory sentence as
follows:]
6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:
[Revise items 6.2.3a through c as follows:]
a. Carrier route: required; sacking permitted; for Line 1, use
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas
military mail).
b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes: Optional (no minimum); sacking
permitted; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.
c. 5-digit carrier routes: Required (no minimum); sacking
permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination of bundles (for military mail, the ZIP Code is preceded by
the prefixes under 4.3).
[Revise title of 6.2.4 as follows:]
6.2.4 Tray Label Line 2
* * * * *
6.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3 as follows:]
Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or
prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.6. When preparing irregular
parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, place parcels
only in direct carrier route containers. Each carrier route container
must contain a minimum of 20 pounds. Required preparation:
* * * * *
6.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 6.4.1 and text of introductory paragraph as
follows:]
6.4.1 Required Carrier Route Containerization
Machinable parcels may be prepared only in direct carrier route
containers. Each carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate
container must contain a minimum of 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds,
whichever occurs first. Carrier route trays, sacks or alternate
containers also are subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.4.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
or container by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for
each container.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.4.2 as follows:]
6.4.2 Tray Label
* * * * *
466 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]
2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional,
separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative
containers in accordance with 465.0 and segregated from the remainder
of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of
these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
3.0 Destination Entry
3.1 General
[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]
* * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by
the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of
container the mail is in (tray, alternate container, sack or pallet). *
* *
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 3.7 as follows:]
3.7 Mailings of Uncontainerized Bundles
Mailers may present untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized
bundles
[[Page 13735]]
of BPM irregular parcels that are properly prepared for and entered at
DDU prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. Pieces in
these bundles are not eligible for barcode discounts.
* * * * *
4.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry
4.1 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are
eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following
conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.1d as follows:]
d. Are placed in a tray, approved alternate container, sack or on a
pallet that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited, or labeled to
a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area (see Exhibit
4.4).
* * * * *
4.3 Presorted Machinable Parcels
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
Presorted machinable parcels in trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, or on pallets, at all sort levels may claim DNDC
prices. Machinable parcels containerized under 465.5.0, or palletized
under 705.8.0 may be sorted to destination NDCs under L601 or to
destination NDCs and ASFs under L601 and L602. Except as provided in
Exhibit 4.4, sortation of machinable parcels to ASFs is optional but is
required for the ASF mail to be eligible for DNDC prices. Mailers may
opt to sort some or all machinable parcels for ASF service area ZIP
Codes to ASFs only when the mail will be deposited at the respective
ASFs where the DNDC prices are claimed, under applicable volume
standards, using L602. Mailers also may opt to sort machinable parcels
only to destination NDCs under L601. When machinable parcels are sorted
under L601, only mail for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by a NDC as listed
in Exhibit 4.4 is eligible for DNDC prices (i.e., mail for 3-digit ZIP
Codes served by an ASF in Exhibit 4.4 is not eligible for DNDC prices,
nor are 3-digit ZIP Codes that do not appear on Exhibit 4.4).
[Delete items 4.3a and b in their entirety.]
4.4 Presorted Irregular Parcels
[Revise item 4.4 as follows:]
Presorted irregular parcels in trays, approved alternate containers
or on pallets at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. All pieces in
an ADC tray or alternate container, or in a palletized ADC bundle, are
eligible for the DNDC price if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown in
Line 1 of the corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the
destination of the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC
tray label for that facility using L004, Column B) is within the
service area of the NDC at which the tray or alternate container is
deposited under Exhibit 4.4. Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate
containers must be prepared for pieces eligible for and claimed at the
DNDC price and for parcels not claimed at the DNDC price. Use the
``label to'' ZIP Code for the ADC to assign ADC bundles to the
respective mixed ADC tray or alternate container. Use the address on
the parcels to assign parcels to the respective mixed ADC bundle, tray
or alternate container, as appropriate. Mail must be entered at the
appropriate facility under 4.1.
* * * * *
4.5 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
[Revise the text of 4.5 as follows:]
Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays,
sacks or alternate containers may claim DNDC prices. Mail must be
entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.
* * * * *
5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry
* * * * *
[Revise the text of 5.2 through 5.5 as follows:]
5.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels
Presorted machinable parcels in trays, alternate containers, sacks,
or on pallets, at the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit sort levels may claim
DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under
5.1.
5.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels
Presorted irregular parcels in trays, alternate containers or
sacks, at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels, or
on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort
levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate
facility under 5.1.
5.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays,
sacks or alternate containers may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be
entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.
5.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels
Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays, sacks or alternate
containers at all sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail
must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.
6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry
* * * * *
[Revise the text of 6.2 through 6.5 as follows:]
6.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels
Presorted machinable parcels in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
pallets, may claim DDU prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate
facility under 6.1.
6.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels
Presorted irregular parcels in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit trays,
alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets,
or prepared as uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may claim DDU prices.
Mailers must enter mail at the appropriate facility under 6.1.
6.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels
Carrier Route machinable parcels sorted to carrier route trays,
sacks or alternate containers may claim DDU prices. Mail must be
entered at the appropriate facility under 6.1.
6.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels
Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays or alternate containers,
on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets, or prepared as uncontainerized
carrier route bundles may claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter mail at
the appropriate facility under 6.1.
470 Media Mail
473 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail Parcels
* * * * *
3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail
Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 3.4a as follows:]
a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and
sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 475.5.0 or to 5-
digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
* * * * *
[[Page 13736]]
475 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers
and sacks) for Media Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address
on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones processed
by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add
a new 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Media Mail parcels yields 5-digit
scheme trays approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays approved alternate
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume (if required), with no further separation by 5-
digit ZIP Code required. Trays approved alternate containers, sacks or
pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-
digit scheme sorted and are labeled accordingly. * * *
[Redesignate resequenced 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f through j
and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray/sack contains
all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit
scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is
verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) area is served,
as indicated in L005, a separate tray/sack must be prepared for each.
These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations
must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder
of the mailing under 476.2.1.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is
subject to these standards:
a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct
tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise 4.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as
specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS
labeling information). * * *
4.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
[[Page 13737]]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general
standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Media Mail Parcels
* * * * *
5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]
5.2.1 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's
option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared
when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes
are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers).
Containerization also is subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
[Revise the second sentence of item 5.2.1b as follows:]
b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece
count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and
their total weight.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]
5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price);
sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2 c and d as
follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
* * * * *
5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels
5.3.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of
5.3.1 as follows:]
* * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in
an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and
the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical
bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40
pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed
pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing
(divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the
resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 10-piece
or 10-pound minimum applies), or bundle by the actual piece count or
mail weight for each container, if documentation can be provided with
the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of
pieces in each bundle and their total weight.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]
5.3.3 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's
option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the
quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed
ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
[Revise the second sentence of 5.3.3b as follows:
b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual
piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in
each container and their total weight.
[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which
containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under
705.2.9.
[Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 5.3.4 as follows:]
5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as
[[Page 13738]]
described in 476.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price);
sacking allowed; when making these separations; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as
follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
476 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional,
separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels
origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant
where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be
trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 475.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance
personnel.
480 Library Mail
483 Prices and Eligibility
* * * * *
3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail Parcels
* * * * *
3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail
Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
[Revise the first sentence 3.4a as follows:]
a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and
sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 485.5.0 or to 5-
digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
* * * * *
485 Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation
* * * * *
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.3b as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers
and sacks) for Library Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery
address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones
processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add
a new 1.4b as follows:]
b. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Library Mail parcels yields 5-digit
scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code
required. Trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets
prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-digit
scheme sorted. * * *
[Redesignate resequenced items 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f
through j and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray or alternate
container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service
area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme)
area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or alternate
container must be prepared for each. These separations are optional,
but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays,
approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within
the origin SCF area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing
under 486.2.1.
* * * * *
[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]
1.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]
3.1 Standard Containers
If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Tray Preparation
All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is
subject to these standards:
[[Page 13739]]
a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct
tray label.
b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tray Labels
4.1 Basic Standards
[Revise 4.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label
[Revise 4.2 as follows:]
A tray label must meet these specifications:
a. Color: white or manila.
b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515
inches maximum.
d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015
inches maximum.
4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 4.3c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows,
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise items 4.4a and b as follows:]
a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label.
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as
specified by standards.
b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS
labeling information). * * *
4.6 Electronic Verification System
[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]
4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded
tray labels.
When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in
708.6.0.
c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be
used on trays or alternate containers.
5.0 Preparing Library Mail Parcels
* * * * *
5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels
[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]
5.2.1 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's
option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared
when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes
are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers).
Containerization also is subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
[Revise the second sentence 5.2.1b as follows:]
b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece
count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and
their total weight.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]
5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price);
sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks,
``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2c and d as
follows:]
c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
[[Page 13740]]
5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels
5.3.1 Required Bundling
[Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of
5.3.1 as follows:]
* * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays,
approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in
an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and
the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical
bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40
pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed
pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire
mailing, or bundle by the actual piece count or mail weight for each
container, if documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows
the number of pieces in each bundle and their total weight for each
container.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]
5.3.3 Containerization
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's
option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the
quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not
permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme
containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed
ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
[Revise the second sentence 5.3.3b as follows:]
b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual
piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in
each container and their total weight.
[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which
containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under
705.2.9.
[Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 5.4.2 as
follows:]
5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in
486.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price);
sacking allowed; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers
or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as
follows:]
d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
* * * * *
486 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]
2.0 Presenting a Mailing
2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays
Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional,
separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels
origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or
sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post
Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant
where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be
trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 485.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance
personnel.
500 Additional Services
* * * * *
507 Mailer Services
* * * * *
11.0 Merchandise Return Service
* * * * *
11.7 Priority Mail Reshipment
* * * * *
[Revise the title of 11.7.3 as follows:]
11.7.3 Container Tag
[Revise the first sentence of 11.7.3 as follows:]
If a sack, or approved alternate container is used as the mail
container for Priority Mail reshipment, the permit holder must provide
a tag and an address label containing the delivery address of the
postage due unit at the Post Office where the permit is held, the
permit holder's address, a space for the customer's return address, and
otherwise meet the format standards in 11.6 for each affected postal
facility. * * *
* * * * *
700 Special Standards
* * * * *
705 Advanced Preparation and Special Postage Payment Systems
1.0 Customized MarketMail
* * * * *
1.4 Preparation Standards
* * * * *
[[Page 13741]]
1.4.5 Required Bundling
[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.5 as follows:]
Bundling is required before traying or filling other mailing
containers. * * *
* * * * *
1.4.7 Required Containerizing
The following standards apply to containerizing CMM pieces:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.7b as follows:]
b. Bundles in drop shipment mailings under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must
be placed in letter trays, flat trays, or approved alternate
containers.
* * * * *
1.4.8 Containerizing and Labeling
Prepare and label containers as follows:
[Revise 1.4.8a as follows:]
a. Drop shipments under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be prepared in 5-
digit trays or approved alternate containers, or as an option, in 5-
digit scheme (under L606, Column B), carrier route, or 5-digit carrier
routes trays or containers, labeled as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 14.8a2 and 8a3 as follows:]
2. Line 2: ``DEL LTR STD CMM MAN'' (for letter trays); ``DEL FLTS
STD CMM MAN'' (for flat trays); ``DEL STD CMM MAN'' (for other approved
alternate containers).
3. Line 3: Office of mailing or mailer information (see 707.21.0).
* * * * *
6.0 Combining Mailings of Standard Mail, Package Services, and Parcel
Select Parcels
6.1 Basic Standards for Combining Parcels and NFMs
6.1.1 Basic Standards
Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, Package Services, and Parcel Select
parcels in combined mailings must meet the following standards:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of 6.1.1d as follows:]
d. * * * Pieces claimed at other prices in the same flat tray or
approved alternate container or on the same pallet do not count towards
these minimum volume requirements.
* * * * *
6.2 Combining Parcels and NFMs--DNDC Entry
* * * * *
6.2.2 Additional Standards
Standard Mail machinable parcels, NFMs 6 ounces or more, and
Package Services and Parcel Select machinable parcels prepared for DNDC
entry must meet the following conditions in addition to the basic
standards in 6.1:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.2.2d as follows:]
d. Mailers must prepare all parcels on pallets or in pallet boxes
under 8.0; or in flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks
under 6.2.3, or to achieve the finest level of sortation.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of introductory sentence of 6.2.3 as
follows:]
6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise the opening paragraphs of 6.2.3a and b as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit
price eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted;
labeling:
* * * * *
b. 5-digit, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit price
eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted; labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete 6.2.3e in its entirety and add new 6.2.3e and f as
follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L601, Column C, based on information
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD/PSVC MACH WKG.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD/PSVC MACH WKG.''
* * * * *
6.3 Combining Parcels--Parcel Select ONDC Presort, NDC Presort, DSCF,
and DDU Prices
* * * * *
6.3.2 Preparation and Prices
Combined parcels must be prepared as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.2b as follows:]
b. Parcel Select or Bound Printed Matter Qualifying for DSCF
Prices. Mailers must prepare the combined mailings under the 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit tray, sack or approved alternate container
requirements in 455.4.2 or the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallet
requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel Select DSCF prices. All other
requirements for Parcel Select DSCF prices and Standard Mail prices
must be met. The following additional requirements apply:
[Revise 6.3.2b1 as follows:]
1. If trayed, sacked or placed in approved alternate containers
under 455.4.2, the minimum requirement of seven pieces per tray, sack
or container must be met with only Package Services and Parcel Select
parcels. After the minimum tray, sack or container volume has been met;
Standard Mail parcels may be included in the same tray, sack or
container or in overflow trays, sacks or containers.
* * * * *
[Revise 6.3.2b5 as follows:]
5. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme pallet and tray labels must read:
``STD/PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' Line 2 of 5-digit pallet and tray labels must
read: ``STD/PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
7.0 Combining Package Services and Parcel Select Parcels for
Destination Entry
* * * * *
7.1 Combining Parcels--DSCF and DDU Entry
7.1.1 Qualification
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 7.1.1
as follows:]
Mailers may combine Package Services and Parcel Select parcels in
5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate
containers or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets for entry either at
a destination sectional center facility (DSCF) or a destination
delivery unit (DDU) when authorized by the USPS under 7.5. * * *
7.1.2 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory sentence of 7.1.2 as follows:]
All Package Services and Parcel Select parcels that meet the
following conditions may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat
trays, sacks or approved alternate containers or 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit pallets under these conditions:
* * * * *
[[Page 13742]]
[Revise the first sentence of 7.1.2c as follows:]
c. All parcels must be prepared in flat trays, sacks or approved
alternate containers under 7.2 or on pallets under 7.3. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 7.1.3 as follows:]
7.1.3 Combined Parcels Prepared in Trays or Sacks--Price Eligibility
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.1.3 and items 7.1.3a
through e as follows:]
In addition to the applicable standards in 455.4.0 and 466.3.0
through 466.6.0 for destination entry Parcel Select and Bound Printed
Matter, the following standards apply for combined parcels prepared in
flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers:
a. Parcel Select DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers,
each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and
Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the
DSCF price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.2 are met. Parcel Select DDU prices
apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of
any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are
in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all
other requirements for the DDU price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.1 are met.
b. Presorted Bound Printed Matter DSCF prices apply to parcels that
are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers,
each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and
Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the
DSCF price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met. Presorted Bound Printed
Matter DDU prices apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each containing at
least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package
Services mail, or contained in overflow trays, sacks or alternate
containers under 7.2.2, provided all other requirements for the DDU
price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met.
c. Presorted Library Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are
in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers
sacks, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select
and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or
alternate containers under 7.2.2.
d. Presorted Media Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are in
5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each
with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package
Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate
containers under 7.2.2.
e. Single-piece price parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10
pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail,
or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under
7.2.2, qualify for single-piece prices.
[Revise title and text 7.1.4 as follows:]
7.1.4 Containerization
Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate
containers may be prepared. Each tray, sack or alternate container of
combined Parcel Select and Package Services mail must contain at least
10 pieces. One overflow tray, alternate container or sack containing
fewer than 10 pieces is permitted per destination.
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.15 as
follows:]
7.1.5 Labeling
Tray labels must be prepared as follows:
* * * * *
7.2 Combining Parcel Select and Package Services Machinable Parcels for
DNDC Entry
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.2.3
as follows:]
7.2.3 Containerization and Labeling
Preparation sequence, container type, and labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening sentence of items 7.2.3c and d as follows:]
c. ASF, optional, allowed only for mail deposited at an ASF to
claim DNDC price, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or approved
alternate containers required; labeling:
* * * * *
d. NDC, required,10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or
approved alternate containers required; labeling:
* * * * *
8.0 Preparing Pallets
* * * * *
8.2 Top Caps
8.2.1 Use
Top caps are used as follows:
[Revise 8.2.1a as follows:]
a. Except as provided below, all pallets or pallet boxes must be
top-capped if the pallets are stacked two, three, or four tiers high
when presented to the USPS for acceptance.
* * * * *
8.5 General Preparation
8.5.1 Presort
[Revise 8.5.1, starting with the forth sentence as follows:]
* * * For trays, approved alternate containers or machinable
parcels on pallets, the mailer must prepare all required pallet levels
before preparing any mixed ADC or mixed NDC pallets for a mailing job.
Bundles that cannot be placed on pallets must be prepared in flat trays
or other approved alternate containers under the applicable standards.
Bundle reallocation standards (8.11, 8.13, and 8.14) to protect the
SCF, ADC, or NDC pallets may result in some bundles of Periodicals
flats and irregular parcels and Standard Mail flats not being placed on
the finest level of pallet possible. Mailers must use PAVE-certified
presort software to prepare mailings using bundle reallocation (bundle
reallocation is optional, but if performed, it must be done for the
complete mailing job).
8.5.2 Required Preparation
The following standards apply to Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel
Select, and Package Services, except Parcel Select mailed at NDC
Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices.
* * * * *
[Revise 8.5.2c as follows:]
c. Trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be prepared on a direct
pallet must be placed on the appropriate Origin Network Distribution
Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 Network, Local Surface
Transport or Extended Surface Network pallet, when the volume reaches
150 pounds, or three layers of trays, for any pallet level. Mailers may
optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds or 36 linear feet of
trays for these pallet levels. Mailers choosing not to make optional
pallets, or unable to palletize, must prepare bundles in flat trays or
approved alternate containers under applicable preparation standards.
8.5.3 Minimum Load
The following minimum load standards apply to mail prepared on
pallets:
[[Page 13743]]
a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package
Services (except for Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort, ONDC Presort,
DSCF, and DDU prices):
[Revise 8.5.3a1 as follows:]
1. In a single mailing, the minimum load per pallet is 250 pounds
of bundles, parcels, or approved alternate containers, except as
provided in items 2 through 4 below. When preparing letter trays on
pallets, the minimum load is 36 linear feet or three layers of trays,
except as provided in item 3 below.
* * * * *
[Add a new 8.5.3a6 as follows:]
6. There is no minimum load for Origin Entry 3-Digit, Origin
Network Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2
Network, Local Surface Transport or Extended Surface Network pallets.
* * * * *
8.5.5 Maximum Load
[Revise the first sentence of 8.5.5 as follows:]
The maximum weight (mail and pallet) is 2,200 pounds. The maximum
height of a single pallet (mail and pallet) is 77 inches for bundles,
parcels, approved alternate containers, or pallet boxes, or 77 inches
or 12 layers of trays (whichever occurs first) for letter trays. * * *
8.5.6 Mail on Pallets
These standards apply to mail on pallets:
[Revise 8.5.6a as follows:]
a. Pieces in trays, bundles, and approved alternate containers must
be prepared under the standards for the class of mail and price
claimed.
* * * * *
[Delete 8.5.6g in its entirety and renumber current 8.5.6h and i as
the new 8.5.6g and h.]
* * * * *
8.5.9 Address Visibility
This standard does not apply to the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 8.5.9b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001)
approved alternate containers or pallets.
c. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 8.5.12 as follows:]
8.5.12 Alternate Containers
All mailers are required to palletize when possible. Mail that is
not palletized (e.g. the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the
USPS acceptance location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do
not meet the machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be
prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers under the
standards for the price claimed. For Periodicals, the mailer must
separately place bundles of each publication, which are not palletized,
into flat trays or approved alternate containers. Alternate containers
that are not palletized must be bedloaded. Alternate containers not
placed on pallets may be presented with the palletized mail (and
reported on the same postage statement) if separated from the
palletized portion of the mailing.
* * * * *
8.8 Basic Uses
These types of mail may be palletized:
* * * * *
[Revise items 8.8b and c as follows:]
b. Bundles of nonletter-size mail not prepared in approved
alternate containers.
c. Bundles or parcels in approved alternate containers or in sacks
(5-digit or 5-digit scheme only).
* * * * *
8.9 Bundles on Pallets
8.9.1 Applicability
[Revise 8.9.1 as follows:]
Presort bundles of Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Package Services
flats and irregular parcels must be placed directly on pallets under
8.9.2 through 8.9.5 and 8.10. Mail that cannot be placed on pallets
(e.g. the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the USPS acceptance
location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do not meet the
machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be prepared in
flat trays or approved alternate containers under the applicable
standards. Flat trays or alternate containers that contain any
remaining bundles after all pallets are prepared may be presented with
the palletized portion of the mailing job (and, subject to 8.16.5,
reported on the same postage statement) if the trayed or containerized
portion is presented separately from the palletized portion.
* * * * *
8.9.5 Bound Printed Matter
Bound Printed Matter on pallets must be bundled as follows:
* * * * *
b. Presorted and Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter:
[Revise 8.9.5b1 as follows:]
1. Only individual pieces of flats or irregular parcels that weigh
less than 10 pounds each may be prepared as bundles on pallets.
Presorted pieces that weigh 10 or more pounds each must be prepared and
palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4. Carrier route pieces
that individually weigh 10 or more pounds each must either be prepared
and palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4, and qualify for
Presorted prices or be prepared in alternate containers under 365.6.0
for flats and 465.6.0 for parcels and qualify for carrier route prices.
* * * * *
8.10 Pallet Presort and Labeling
* * * * *
[Revise title of 8.10.2 as follows:]
8.10.2 Periodicals--Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers
[Revise the fourth and last sentence of the introductory paragraph
of 8.10.2 as follows:]
* * * For mailings of letter trays or bundles of flat-size pieces
in approved alternate containers on pallets, pallet preparation begins
with 8.10.2e. * * * For pieces meeting the standards in 707.26.0,
mailers may prepare the nonpalletized (residual) portion of a mailing
in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 10.0.
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, except for trays; permitted
for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only
carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
f. 5-digit, required, except for trays; permitted for bundles,
alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only automation
price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or the
same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for automation- compatible flats only
under 301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets
according to the ``label to'' 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2h through j as
follows:]
h. SCF, required, permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and
trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Mailers
may place origin mixed ADC (OMX) containers on origin SCF pallets.
Labeling:
* * * * *
[[Page 13744]]
i. ADC, required, permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and
trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L004. Labeling:
* * * * *
j. Local Surface Transport; required; no minimum, permitted for
Origin Mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles and alternate containers. Pallet
may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or presorted price
mail. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise 8.10.2k as follows:]
k. Extended Surface Network; required; no minimum; permitted for
bundles, trays and alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier
route, automation, and/or presorted mail. Pallets must not contain
origin mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles or alternate containers.
labeling:
1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS,'' as applicable; followed by
``FLTS,'' ``IRREG,'' or ``LTRS,'' as applicable; followed by
``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail;
followed by ``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.''
* * * * *
[Revise title of 8.10.3 as follows:]
8.10.3 Standard Mail--Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers
[Revise the third and fourth sentences of 8.10.3 as follows:]
* * * For irregular parcels, use this preparation only for pieces
in carrier route bundles or bundles placed in approved alternate
containers. Palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular parcels
under 8.10.8. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.3b and c as follows:]
b. 5-digit carrier routes, required except for trays, permitted for
bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain
only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
c. 5-digit, required except for trays, permitted for bundles, trays
and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only automation
price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same
5-digit scheme. 5-digit scheme bundles and alternate containers are
assigned to 5-digit pallets according to the ``label to'' 5-digit ZIP
Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 8.10.3e as
follows:]
e. SCF, required, permitted for bundles, trays, and approved
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.3f as follows:]
f. ASF, required unless bundle reallocation used under 8.13,
permitted for bundles, trays, and approved alternate containers. Pallet
may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC bundles, trays, or
alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the ``label
to'' ZIP Code in L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to
pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise 8.10.3g as follows:]
g. NDC, required, permitted for bundles, trays, and approved
alternate containers. Required for the Origin NDC pallet when volume
reaches 150 pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price,
and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L604
(L601 for parcels). ADC bundles, trays, or alternate containers are
assigned to pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004 as
appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to pallets according to the
``label to'' ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L601 for parcels).
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``NDC''; followed by
``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail;
followed by ``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier
route and/or Presorted price mail. For letters, ``STD LTRS NDC'';
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if
pallet contains nonmachinable letters.
[Delete 8.10.3h in its entirety and add new 8.10.3h and i as
follows:]
h. Tier 2 Network, required, required, permitted for bundles, trays
and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route,
automation, and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or
``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or
Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.'' For letters, ``STD LTRS'';
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if
pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by ``WKG.''
i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 604
(L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail
into two north or south directionally-based containers; required;
permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet
may contain carrier route, automation, and/or Presorted price mail.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post
Office.
2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or
``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or
Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.'' For letters, ``STD LTRS'';
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if
pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by ``WKG.''
[Revise title of 8.10.4 as follows:]
8.10.4 Package Services Flats--Bundles or Alternate Containers
[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.4 as follows:]
* * * For mailings of alternate containers placed on pallets,
pallet preparation begins with 8.10.4b. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4b and c as follows:]
b. 5-digit carrier routes, required, permitted for bundles and
approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route
mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
[[Page 13745]]
c. 5-digit, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail with or
without a barcode for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme
under L007 (for automation-compatible flats only under 301.3.0). Five-
digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets according to the ``label
to'' 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4e through f as
follows:]
e. SCF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted mail for
the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:
* * * * *
f. ASF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price
mail with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602.
ADC bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according
to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option,
appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to
ASF pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed
ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces
destinating within the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise 8.10.4g as follows:]
g. NDC, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Required for the Origin NDC pallet when volume reaches 150
pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail
with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC
bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to
the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate
mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to NDC pallets
according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles
and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within
the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L604.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC''; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'')
if pallet contains Presorted price mail with a barcode; followed by
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or
Presorted price mail without a barcode.
[Delete current 8.10.4h in its entirety and add new 8.10.4h and i
as follows:]
h. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted for trays, bundles and
approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or
Presorted price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS WKG.''
i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603, Column B, to
separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603, Column B, to
separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; required; permitted for trays, bundles and approved
alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted
price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS WKG.''
[Revise title of 8.10.5 as follows:]
8.10.5 Package Services Irregular Parcels--Bundles or Alternate
Containers
[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.5 as follows:]
* * * For mailings of approved alternate containers placed on
pallets, pallet preparation begins with 8.10.5e. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, permitted for bundles and
approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route
mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
f. 5-digit, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail for the same
5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5h through j as
follows:]
h. SCF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:
* * * * *
i. ASF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC trays, bundles or
alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the ``label
to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC
bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to ASF pallets according
to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and
alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the
ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
j. NDC, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers. No minimum for the Origin NDC pallet. Pallet may contain
carrier route and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code
groups in L601. ADC (L004) bundles or approved alternate containers are
assigned to pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At
the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate
containers may be sorted to NDC pallets according to the ``label to''
ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must
contain only pieces destinating within the NDC as shown in Exhibit
6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current 8.10.5k in its entirety and add new items 8.10.5k
and l as follows:]
k. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted for bundles and approved
alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted
price mail. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
l. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; required; permitted for bundles and approved alternate
containers.
Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the
[[Page 13746]]
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
8.10.6 Package Services, Parcel Select
* * * Pallets must be labeled according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.6d as follows:]
d. NDC, required. Pallets must contain only parcels or NFMs for the
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current 8.10.6e in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6e
and f as follows:]
e. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG,'' ``STD NFM MACH WKG,'' or ``PSVC MACH
WKG,'' as applicable.
f. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; required. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG,'' ``STD NFM MACH WKG,'' or ``PSVC MACH
WKG,'' as applicable.
8.10.7 Standard Mail Machinable Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
Weighing 6 Ounces or More
* * * Pallets must be labeled according to Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
[Delete current 8.10.7f in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6 f
and g as follows:]
f. Tier 2 Network, required; no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG'' or ``STD NFM MACH WKG'' as applicable.
g. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; required; no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG'' or ``STD NFM MACH WKG'' as applicable.
8.10.8 Standard Mail Irregular Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More
[Revise the first and last sentence of the introductory paragraph
of 8.10.8 as follows:]
Mailers who palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular
parcels must make pallets or pallet boxes when there are 250 pounds or
more for the destination levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. *
* * Mailers may not prepare tubes, rolls, and similar pieces or pieces
that weigh less than 2 ounces on pallets or in pallet boxes, except for
pieces in carrier route bundles or in alternate containers under
8.10.3.
* * * * *
[Delete current 8.10.8g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.8g
and h as follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
h. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
8.10.9 Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable Pieces Weighing Less Than 6
Ounces
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.10.9
as follows:]
Mailers must prepare uncontainerized pieces on pallets or in pallet
boxes when there are 250 pounds or more of NFMs for the destination
levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * *
* * * * *
[Delete current 8.10.9g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.9g
and h as follows:]
g. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
h. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based
containers; no minimum. Labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
* * * * *
[Revise title of 8.14 as follows:]
8.14 Pallets of Bundles, Trays, and Alternate Containers
* * * * *
[Revise title of 8.14.3 as follows:]
8.14.3 NDC and Mixed Tier 2 Network Pallets
[Revise the last sentence of 8.14.3 as follows:]
* * * A NDC, tier 2 network or directional tier 2 network (trays
and approved alternate containers only) pallet may include pieces that
are eligible for the DNDC price and others that are ineligible
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 8.15 as follows:]
8.15 Approved Alternate Containers
All flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks remaining
after all pallets are prepared may be presented with the palletized
mailing (on the same
[[Page 13747]]
postage statement) if the containers are set apart from the palletized
portion of the mailing.
8.16 Copalletized Flat-Size Pieces--Periodicals or Standard Mail
* * * * *
8.16.2 Periodicals
Additional standards are as follows:
* * * * *
c. * * * Approval is based on the mailer's demonstrated ability to
provide documentation meeting these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 8.16.2c6 as follows:]
6. If a portion of the mailing is placed in approved alternate
containers and presented with the copalletized portion, a report by
container showing the number of pieces (and copies) at each presort
level.
* * * * *
8.18 Parcel Select--Network Distribution Center (NDC) Presort Discount
8.18.1 Machinable Parcels
To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:
[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.1a as follows:]
a. * * * Preparation directly on pallets, or in other containers is
not permitted.
* * * * *
8.18.2 Nonmachinable Parcels
To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:
[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.2a as follows:]
a. * * * Preparation in other containers, or directly on pallets,
is not permitted.
* * * * *
8.20 Parcel Select DSCF Prices--Parcels on Pallets
8.20.1 Basic Preparation, Parcels on Pallets
[Revise the introductory sentence of 8.20.1 as follows:]
Unless prepared under 8.20.2, in sacks, or approved alternate
containers, mail must be prepared for the DSCF price as follows:
* * * * *
c. Overflow. After filling a pallet(s) to a 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, or 3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet
the minimum pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the
following ways:
[Revise text of 8.20.1c1 as follows:]
1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays
or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or
approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack,
tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF
price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in
this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.
* * * * *
[Revise 8.20.1g as follows:]
g. Separation. If sacks, trays or approved alternate containers
prepared under 455 are included in the same mailing as pallets prepared
under this section, at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate
those sacks, trays or containers that are overflow from the palletized
mail from those sacks, trays or containers that were prepared under the
provisions of 455.
8.20.2 Alternate Preparation, Parcels on Pallets
DSCF price mailings not prepared under 8.20.1 may be prepared as
follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 8.20.2a as follows:]
a. General. All DSCF pieces in the mailing must be sorted to 5-
digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destinations under 8.20.2 (i.e., mail
prepared under 8.20.1 and mail prepared under 455.4.2 must not be
included in a mailing prepared under 8.20.2). * * *
* * * * *
c. Overflow. After filling pallets to a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or
3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet the minimum
pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the following
ways:
[Revise 8.20.2c1 as follows:]
1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays
or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or
approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack,
tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF
price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in
this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.2g as follows:]
g. Documentation. * * * This documentation must not include: Pieces
prepared in overflow sacks, trays or alternate containers at the DSCF
prices, pieces prepared on overflow pallets at the DNDC prices, or
pieces claimed at any other price in the mailing.
8.20.3 5-Digit ZIP Codes for Which Pallets May Not Be Prepared
[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.3 as follows:]
* * * If a facility cannot handle pallets, the DSCF price is not
applicable unless the mail can be prepared under the containerization
requirements in 455.4.2.
[Revise title of 8.21 as follows:]
8.21 Parcel Select DSCF Prices--Containers on Pallets
[Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.21 as
follows:]
* * * See 8.20.1g for requirements concerning separation of sacks,
trays or approved alternate containers under 455.4.2 from sacks, trays
or alternate containers prepared under 8.20.1. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 9.0 as follows:]
9.0 Combining Bundles of Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Trays
and Alternate Containers
* * * * *
9.2 Periodicals
9.2.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.1 as follows:]
Bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable barcoded price mailing
must be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with
bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable nonbarcoded mailing under
the following conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise items 9.2.1b through f as follows:]
b. The machinable barcoded mailing must meet the eligibility
criteria in 707.14.0, except that the traying and documentation
criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the traying
and documentation criteria in 707.25.0.
c. The machinable nonbarcoded mailing must meet the eligibility
criteria in 707.12.0, except that the traying and documentation
criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the
criteria in 707.25.0.
d. The bundles must be sorted into the same trays or approved
alternate containers under 9.2.3 and 9.2.4.
e. A complete postage statement(s) must accompany each mailing job
prepared under these procedures. Standardized documentation under
708.1.0 must also be submitted with each cotrayed mailing job that
describes for each tray sortation level the number of pieces qualifying
for each applicable price.
[[Page 13748]]
f. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays
or containers.
* * * * *
9.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the second sentence of 9.2.3 as follows:]
* * * These low-volume bundles may be placed in 5-digit, 3-digit,
and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces
or on 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets. * * *
[Revise title of 9.2.4 as follows:]
9.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.4 as follows:]
Machinable barcoded price and machinable nonbarcoded price bundles
must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or combined in
approved alternate containers in the sequence listed below. Trays or
containers must be labeled under 9.2.4a through g for Lines 1 and 2 and
707.21.0 for other tray label criteria.
[Revise 9.2.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required only for pieces
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0; 24-piece minimum, fewer pieces not
permitted; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or containers, use L007,
Column B. For 5-digit trays, sacks or containers, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' as applicable and, for 5-digit
scheme trays or containers, ``FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC''; for 5-digit trays or
containers, ``FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4f as follows:]
f. Local Surface Transport, required, required for any remaining
pieces for destinations in L201, Column B, corresponding to the origin
ZIP Code in Column A. There is no minimum for the number of pieces in
the tray or authorized container, but bundles of fewer than six pieces
at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are not permitted.
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4g as follows:]
g. Extended Surface Network, required, no minimum, except that
bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle
levels are not permitted. Labeling:
* * * * *
9.2.5 Optional Tray Preparation--Machinable Flat-Size Pieces
[Revise the first sentence of 9.2.5 as follows:]
As an option, mailers may place unbundled and bundled machinable
pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 707.20.4). *
* *
* * * * *
9.3 Standard Mail
9.3.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory sentence of 9.3.1 as follows:]
Bundles of flats in an automation mailing must be cotrayed or
placed in approved alternate containers with bundles of flats in a
Presorted mailing under the following conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise items 9.3.1c and d as follows:]
c. The automation mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in
343.7.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.3.1,
9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in 345.7.0.
d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in
343.2.0 and 343.3.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria
in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in
345.5.0.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1e as follows:]
e. * * * The prices for pieces in the Presorted price mailing are
based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the level of tray or
alternate container in which they are placed under 343.3.6 and 343.3.7.
* * * * *
[Revise 9.3.1g as follows:]
g. The bundles prepared from the automation mailing and the bundles
prepared from the Presorted mailing must be sorted into the same trays
or alternate containers as described in 9.3.4 and 9.3.5.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1h as follows:]
h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement,
standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each
cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container
sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for each automation
price and the number of pieces qualifying for each Presorted price.
[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays
or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 9.3.4 as follows:]
9.3.4 Traying or Containerization Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules
When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is
specified for a tray or authorized alternative container sortation
level in 9.3.5, the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.
[Revise title of 9.3.5 as follows:]
9.3.5 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.3.5 as follows:]
Presorted and automation bundles prepared under 9.3.2 and 9.3.3
must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or placed in
authorized alternate containers, in the sequence listed below. Trays or
alternate containers must be labeled using 9.3.5a through g for Lines 1
and 2, and 345.4.0 for other tray label criteria.
[Revise 9.3.5a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; 125-piece/15-
pound minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column
B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, ``STD FLT 5D SCH
BC/NBC''; for 5-digit sacks, ``STD FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
* * * * *
[Delete current 9.3.5e in its entirety and add new items 9.3.5e
through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC BC/NBC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
* * * * *
9.4 Bound Printed Matter
9.4.1 Basic Standards
Bundles of flat-size pieces in a Presorted mailing qualifying for
and
[[Page 13749]]
claiming the barcode discount under 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0 must
be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with bundles
of presorted flat-size pieces not claiming the barcode discount under
the following conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 9.4.1c and d as follows:]
c. The Presorted barcode-discount mailing must meet the eligibility
criteria in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation
standards in 365.7.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the
documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.
d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in
363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation standards in
365.5.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the documentation
criteria in 9.4.1h.
* * * * *
[Revise 9.4.1g as follows:]
g. The bundles must be sorted into the same tray or alternate
container as described in 9.4.4.
[Revise the second sentence of 9.4.1h as follows:]
h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement,
standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each
cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container
sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for the barcode
discount and the number of pieces qualifying for each applicable
Presorted price.
[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays
or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 9.4.4 as follows:]
9.4.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.4.4 as follows:]
Bundles of Presorted pieces qualifying for and claiming the barcode
discount and Presorted pieces prepared under 9.4.2 or 9.4.3 must be
presorted together in trays (cotrayed), or combined in approved
alternate containers, using the following preparation sequence and
labeling:
[Revise 9.4.4a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 20
addressed pieces; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column
B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, ``PSVC FLT 5D
SCH BC/NBC''; for 5-digit trays or containers, ``PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
[Revise the opening paragraph of item b as follows:]
b. 3-digit, required, except for optional bundles with 3-digit ZIP
Code prefixes indicated by an ``N'' in L002, when optional SCF trays or
containers are prepared; minimum 20 addressed pieces; labeling:
* * * * *
[Delete current 9.4.4e in its entirety and add new items 9.4.4e
through g as follows:]
e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC BC/NBC.''
f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
[Revise title of 705.10 as follows:]
10.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets or in Trays Using the City
State Product
10.1 Periodicals
10.1.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.1 as follows:]
Carrier route bundles in a carrier route mailing may be placed on
the same pallet or in the same tray or approved alternate container as
5-digit bundles from a machinable barcoded mailing and 5-digit bundles
from a machinable nonbarcoded mailing (including pieces cobundled under
11.0) under the following conditions:
[Revise 10.1.1a as follows:]
a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless
cobundled under 11.0 using 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme
(L008) bundle preparation, and trayed or placed in alternate containers
under 10.1.4.
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.1c as follows:]
c. Pieces in the machinable price mailing must meet the flats
criteria in 301.3.0. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise 10.1.1e through j as follows:]
e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed in combined
in approved alternate containers with machinable barcoded 5-digit
bundles, machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit bundles, and cobundled 5-digit
bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C''
indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State
Product indicating eligibility for such copalletization or cotraying.
Containers of mail sorted in this manner are called ``merged 5-digit''
pallets or trays. Containers of mail sorted in this manner for which
scheme (L001) sortation is also performed are called ``merged 5-digit
scheme'' pallets or trays. Pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles may
not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.
f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit
pallets, trays or approved alternate containers must be prepared for
all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the City
State Product that permits such preparation when there is enough volume
for the 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare such a tray or alternate container
under 10.1.4 or such a pallet under 10.1.5. In addition, all possible
merged 5-digit scheme trays or containers must be prepared under
10.1.4, or all possible merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme
pallets must be prepared under 10.1.5.
g. For mailings prepared in trays or approved alternate containers,
mailers may not combine firm bundles and 5-digit scheme pieces in 5-
digit scheme bundles or in 5-digit scheme trays or containers. Firm
bundles must be placed in a separate individual 5-digit tray or
container under 10.1.4g to maintain 5-digit price eligibility. Mailers
may combine firm bundles with 5-digit scheme, 3-digit scheme, and other
presort destination bundles in carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF,
ADC, and mixed ADC trays or containers. Only an In-County firm bundle
can contribute toward the six-piece minimum for price eligibility.
h. The bundles from each separated mailing must be sorted together
into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.1.4 or
on pallets (copalletized) under 10.1.5 using presort software that is
PAVE-certified.
i. A complete, signed postage statement(s), using the correct USPS
form or an approved facsimile, must accompany each mailing job prepared
[[Page 13750]]
under these procedures. In addition to the postage statement(s),
documentation prepared by PAVE-certified software must be submitted
with each cotrayed or copalletized mailing job that describes for each
tray or container sortation level and tray or container, or each pallet
sortation level and pallet, the number of pieces qualifying for each
applicable price.
j. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays
or alternate containers.
10.1.2 Bundle Preparation
Bundles must be prepared as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.2a as follows:]
a. Trayed mailings, or mailings prepared in approved alternate
containers. * * *
* * * * *
10.1.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 10.1.3
as follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared
on pallets, trayed or placed in approved alternate containers as
follows:
a. Place low-volume carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit scheme, and 3-
digit bundles in only the following containers:
[Revise 10.1.3a1 through a3 as follows:]
1. Carrier route, merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier
routes, merged 5-digit, 5-digit carrier routes, 5-digit, 3-digit, and
SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces.
2. Merged 3-digit trays or alternate containers that contain at
least one six-piece carrier route bundle.
3. Origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise 10.1.3b as follows:]
b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme,
3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24
pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers, or on 3-
digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.
[Revise title of 10.1.4 as follows:]
10.1.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.4 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare trays or approved alternate containers for the
individual carrier route and 5-digit bundles from the carrier route,
barcoded, and nonbarcoded price mailings in the mailing job in the
following manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed
in trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4e and
10.1.4h as described below. When sorting is performed under this
section, mailers must prepare merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate
containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers for all
possible 5-digit schemes or 5-digit ZIP Codes as applicable, using L001
(merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort only) and
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product when there
is enough volume for the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare
such trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4. Mailers must label
trays or alternate containers according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 707.20.1. If a mailing job does not
contain barcoded pieces and the carrier route pieces and the
nonbarcoded pieces are irregular parcel shaped, use ``IRREG'' for the
processing category on the contents line of the label.
* * * * *
[Revise the last two sentences of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4b
as follows:]
b. * * * For 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme that has a ``B'' or
``D'' indicator in the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate
container(s) under 10.1.4g and 10.1.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not
included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate containers under
10.1.4d through 10.1.4h. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4c as
follows:]
c. * * * Mailers must prepare this tray or container if there are
any carrier route bundle(s) for such a scheme. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the second sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4e as
follows:]
e. * * * Include only carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code
remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a
through 10.1.4d. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of items 10.1.4h and i as follows:]
h. Merged 3-digit. May contain carrier route bundles, any 5-digit
and 5-digit scheme bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate
containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4g, and any 3-digit and 3-digit
scheme bundles. When preparation of this tray level is permitted,
mailers must prepare a tray or alternate container if there are any
remaining carrier route bundles for the 3-digit area. Required with at
least one six-piece carrier route bundle. Must contain at least one
carrier route bundle for the 3-digit area, or a minimum of 24 pieces.
Labeling:
* * * * *
i. SCF through extended surface network. Any 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers
under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4h and all 3-digit, 3-digit scheme, ADC,
origin mixed ADC, and mixed ADC bundles must be trayed or placed in
alternate containers and labeled under 9.2 for cotraying of barcoded
and nonbarcoded bundles, except if there are no barcoded bundles in the
mailing job, tray or place in an alternate container and label under
707.22.6, or if there are no nonbarcoded price bundles in the mailing
job, tray or containerize and label under 707.25.4.
* * * * *
10.2 Standard Mail
10.2.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.2.1 as follows:]
Carrier route bundles from a carrier route mailing may be placed on
the same pallet, in the same tray or in an approved alternate container
as 5-digit bundles from an automation mailing and 5-digit bundles from
a Presorted mailing (including pieces cobundled under 11.0) under the
following conditions:
[Revise 10.2.1a as follows:]
a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless
cobundled under 11.0 utilizing 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme
(L008) bundle preparation and trayed or placed in alternate containers
under 10.1.4.
* * * * *
[Revise items 10.2.1e through g as follows:]
e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed or placed in
alternate containers with automation 5-digit bundles, Presorted 5-digit
bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators
field in the City State Product indicating eligibility for such
copalletization or cotraying. Containers of mail sorted in this manner
are called ``merged 5-digit'' pallets, trays or containers. Containers
of mail sorted in this manner for which scheme (L001) sortation is also
performed are called ``merged 5-digit scheme'' pallets, trays or
containers. Pieces in 5-digit scheme
[[Page 13751]]
(L007) bundles may not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.
f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit
pallets, trays or alternate containers must be prepared for all 5-digit
ZIP Codes with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the City State Product
that permits such preparation when there is enough volume for the 5-
digit ZIP Code to prepare that pallet, tray or container.
g. For trayed or containerized mailings, the prices for pieces in
the carrier route mailing are based on the criteria in 343.6.0, the
prices for pieces in the automation mailing are applied based on the
number of pieces in the bundle and the level of bundle to which they
are sorted under 343.7.0, and the prices for pieces in the Presorted
price mailing are based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the
level of tray or container to which they are sorted under 343.5.0.
* * * * *
[Revise 10.2.1j as follows:]
j. The bundles from each separate mailing must be sorted together
into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.2.3 and
10.2.4 or on pallets (copalletized) under 10.2.5 using presort software
that is PAVE-certified.
* * * * *
[Revise 10.2.1m as follows:]
m. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays
or alternate containers.
10.2.2 Bundle Preparation
Bundles must be prepared as follows:
[Revise the first sentence of 10.2.2a as follows:]
a. Trayed mailings. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 10.2.3 as follows:]
10.2.3 Traying Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules
When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is
specified for a tray or alternate container sortation level in 10.2.4,
the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.
[Revise title of 10.2.4 as follows:]
10.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling
Mailers must prepare trays or alternate containers in the following
manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed in trays
or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4e as described
below. Mailers must prepare all merged 5-digit scheme trays or
alternate containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate
containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers that are
possible in the mailing based on the volume of mail to the destination
using L001 and the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State
Product. Mailers must label trays or alternate containers according to
the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 345.4.0, Tray
Labels.
* * * * *
[Revise the third through sixth sentences of the opening paragraph
of 10.2.4b as follows:]
b. * * * When preparation of this tray or alternate container level
is permitted, a tray or container must be prepared if there are any
carrier route bundle(s) for the scheme. If there is not at least one
carrier route bundle for any 5-digit destination in the scheme,
preparation of this tray or alternate container is required when there
are at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces in 5-digit bundles for
any of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in the scheme that have an ``A'' or ``C''
indicator in the City State Product (smaller volume not permitted). For
a 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme with a ``B'' or ``D'' indicator in
the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate container(s) for
the automation and Presorted bundles under 10.2.4g and 10.2.4h. For 5-
digit ZIP Codes not included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate
containers under 10.2.4d through 10.2.4h. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph of 10.2.4e as follows:]
e. 5-digit carrier routes, required. Tray or containerize only
carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code remaining after preparing
trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4d to this
level. May contain only carrier route bundles for any 5-digit ZIP Code
that is not part of a scheme listed in L001 and that has a ``B'' or
``D'' indicator in the City State Product. No tray or container
minimum. Labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise 10.2.4h as follows:]
h. 3-digit through mixed ADC trays or alternate containers. Any 5-
digit scheme and 5-digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or
alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4g, and all 3-digit,
ADC, and Mixed ADC bundles, must be trayed or containerized and labeled
according to the applicable requirements under 9.3 for cotraying of
automation and Presorted bundles, except if there are no automation
bundles in the mailing job, tray or container and label under 345.5.7,
or, if there are no Presorted bundles in the mailing job, tray or
containerize and label under 345.7.4.3.
10.2.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
[Revise 10.2.5i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *
[Revise the title of 11.0 as follows:]
11.0 Combining Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Bundles
* * * * *
11.2 Periodicals
11.2.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.1
as follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0)
prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit scheme bundle
preparation must be trayed or placed in authorized alternate containers
under 9.0 or 10.0 or palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles
are subject to the following conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 11.2.1b as follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the
basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
* * * * *
11.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.3
as follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are trayed,
placed in approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as
follows:
[Revise 11.2.3a and b as follows:]
a. Place low-volume 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in only 5-digit
scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that
contain at least 24 pieces; or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate
containers; or on merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme, merged 5-
digit, 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets, as appropriate.
b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme and 3-digit scheme bundles in
only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers
that contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or
alternate containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.
[[Page 13752]]
11.3 Standard Mail
11.3.1 Basic Standards
[Revise the fourth sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.3.1
as follows:]
* * * Mailing jobs prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit
scheme bundle preparation (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0)
must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers under 10.0, or
palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to the
following conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 11.3.1b as follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the
basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
* * * * *
11.4 Bound Printed Matter
11.4.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
[Revise 11.4.1c as follows:]
c. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed or combined in approved
alternate containers under 9.0 or palletized under 8.0.
* * * * *
12.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using a 5% Threshold
12.1 Periodicals
12.1.1 Basic Standards
* * * * *
[Revise 12.1.1g as follows:]
g. Portions of the mailing job that cannot be palletized must be
prepared in trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
12.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * * *
[Revise 12.1.5c as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for flats that meet the dimension,
weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0
(including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or
alternate containers.
* * * * *
12.2 Standard Mail
* * * * *
12.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
[Revise 12.2.4i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *
13.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using the City State Product
and a 5% Threshold
13.1 Periodicals
* * * * *
13.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 13.1.5c as
follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for flats that meet the dimension,
weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0
(including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
13.2 Standard Mail
* * * * *
13.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling
* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
[Revise 13.2.4i1 as follows:]
1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *
21.0 Optional Combined Parcel Mailings
* * * * *
21.3 Mail Preparation
21.3.1 Basic Standards
Prepare combined mailings as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 21.3.1b as follows:]
b. Mailers must prepare all parcels in trays, approved alternate
containers or sacks under 445.5.0, or on pallets, or in pallet boxes
under 8.0 to achieve the finest level of sortation.
21.3.2 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services
Machinable Parcels and NFMs 6 Ounces or More
Prepare and enter combined machinable parcels as shown in the table
below:
[Revise the NDC/ASF and Mixed NDC rows under the Origin and DNDC
Entry options only in table 21.3.2 as follows:]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Entry 5 Digit/scheme\1\ NDC/ASF (Required) Mixed NDC (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin............................... * * * Trays or alternate Trays or alternate
containers--10-piece containers--No
or 20-lb minimum. minimum.
Pallets--250-lb minimum Pallets--250-lb
minimum.
DNDC................................. * * * Trays or alternate
containers--10-piece
or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets--100-lb
minimum.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
21.3.3 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services
Parcels and NFMs 2 Up to 6 Ounces (APPS-Machinable)
Prepare and enter combined APPS-machinable parcels (pieces weighing
at least 2 ounces and up to, but not including, 6 ounces that are not
tubes, rolls, triangles or similarly irregularly-shaped parcels) as
shown in the table below.
[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin,
DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.3 as follows:]
[[Page 13753]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5-Digit/scheme Mixed ADC
Entry \1\ 3-Digit (required) ADC (Required) (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin........................ * * * Trays or alternate Trays or alternate Trays or
containers--10-piece containers--10-piece alternate
or 20-lb minimum. or 20-lb minimum. containers--No
Pallets--250-lb Pallets--250-lb minimum.
minimum minimum. Pallets--250-lb
minimum.
DNDC.......................... * * * Trays or alternate Trays or alternate ................
containers--10-piece containers--10-piece
or 20-lb minimum. or 20-lb minimum
Pallets--100-lb Pallets--100-lb
minimum. minimum.
DSCF.......................... * * * Trays or alternate ..................... ................
containers--10-piece
or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets--100-lb
minimum.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
21.3.4 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services
Irregular Parcels and NFMs Under 2 Ounces (Not APPS-Machinable)
Prepare and enter combined not APPS-machinable parcels as shown in
the table below.
[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin,
DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.4 as follows:]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5-Digit/scheme Mixed ADC
Entry \1\ 3-Digit (required) ADC (Required) (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin........................ * * * Trays or alternate Trays or alternate Trays or
containers--10-piece containers--10-piece alternate
or 20-lb minimum. or 20-lb minimum. containers--No
Pallets--250-lb Pallets--250-lb minimum.
minimum. minimum. Pallets--250-lb
minimum.
DNDC.......................... * * * Trays or alternate Trays or alternate ................
containers--10-piece containers--10-piece
or 20-lb minimum. or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets--100-lb Pallets--100-lb
minimum. minimum.
DSCF.......................... * * * Trays or alternate ..................... ................
containers--10-piece
or 20-lb minimum.
Pallets--100-lb
minimum.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
23.0 Full-Service Option
23.1 Description
[Revise the third sentence of 23.1 as follows:]
* * * Full-service automation mailings require Intelligent Mail
barcodes on mailpieces; Intelligent Mail tray labels on trays or
approved alternate containers; and Intelligent Mail container placards
on pallets or similar containers (when created). * * *
* * * * *
23.2 Eligibility Standards
All pieces entered under the full-service automation option must:
* * * * *
[Revise 23.2b as follows:]
b. Be part of a mailing using unique Intelligent Mail tray labels
on all trays and approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
23.3 Preparation
* * * * *
23.3.2 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels
[Revise 23.3.2 as follows:]
All trays and approved alternate containers must contain accurately
encoded Intelligent Mail tray labels as described in 708.6.5. Mailing
documentation, when required, must associate each mailpiece to a
corresponding tray or alternate containers if applicable, as described
in 22.3.4. Each tray or alternate container must be encoded with a
unique serial number. Tray or alternate container serial numbers
associated to an individual Mailer ID cannot be duplicated within a 45-
day period, regardless of the acceptance location.
23.3.3 Intelligent Mail Container Placards
[Revise the third sentence of 23.3.3 as follows:]
* * * Mailing documentation, when required, must associate each
mailpiece (and tray or approved alternate container, if applicable) to
a corresponding container as described in 22.3.4, unless otherwise
authorized by the USPS. * * *
23.3.4 Electronic Documentation
[Revise the second sentence of 23.3.4 as follows:]
* * * Unless otherwise authorized, documentation must describe how
each mailpiece is linked to a uniquely identified tray or sack, if
applicable, and how each mailpiece and tray or approved alternate
container is linked to
[[Page 13754]]
a uniquely identified container (if applicable). * * *
* * * * *
23.4 Additional Standards
* * * * *
23.4.3 Special Standards--Small Volume Mailings
[Revise the last sentence of 23.4.3 as follows:]
* * * Unique mailing serial numbers must be populated in the Postal
Wizard entry screen field or in the Mail.XML messages, except that
mailers must populate the serial number field of all Intelligent Mail
tray labels, and Intelligent Mail container barcodes (when mailings are
containerized) with the unique mailing serial number.
707 Periodicals
* * * * *
2.0 Price Application and Computation
2.1 Price Application
* * * * *
2.1.3 Applying In-County Piece Prices
[Revise the last sentence of 2.1.3 as follows:]
* * * Piece prices for automation mailings are based on the bundle
level (or tray level for unbundled pieces in trays); piece prices for
nonautomation mailings are based on the tray level.
* * * * *
2.1.9 Applying Outside-County Container Prices
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 2.1.9
as follows:]
For Outside-County mail prepared in letter trays, pallets, flat
trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, or USPS-approved
containers, mailers pay the container price according to the type of
container, the presort level of the container, and where the mail is
entered. * * * The following additional standards apply:
[Revise items 21.9a through c as follows:]
a. For mailings prepared in letter trays, flat trays, sacks or
approved alternate containers, mailers pay the container price for each
tray or container based on container level and entry.
b. For mailings prepared on pallets under 705.8.0:
1. For bundles placed directly on pallets, mailers pay the
container price for each pallet.
2. For letter trays, flat trays, sacks or approved alternate
containers on pallets, mailers pay the container price for each tray or
container, and not for the pallets. The container price for each tray
or alternate container is based on the tray or alternate container
level and where the pallet is entered.
c. For containers with both In-County and Outside-County pieces,
mailers do not pay the container price for carrier route, 5-digit
carrier routes, and 5-digit/scheme pallets, trays or alternate
containers.
* * * * *
12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Eligibility
* * * * *
12.2 Prices--Outside-County
Outside-County nonbarcoded (Presorted) prices are based on the
following criteria (see 2.0 for price application and computation):
* * * * *
[Revise 12.2c as follows:]
c. Container prices are based on the type of container (letter
tray, flat tray, sack, alternate container, or pallet), the level of
sortation of the container, and where the container is entered.
12.3 Prices--In-County
12.3.1 Five-Digit Prices
5-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
[Revise 12.3.1b as follows:]
b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles and 5-
digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each; placed in
applicable merged 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate
containers, merged 5-digit flat trays or alternate containers, 5-digit
scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit flat trays
or alternate containers; or palletized under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0,
705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
12.3.2 Three-Digit Prices
3-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
[Revise 12.3.2b as follows:]
b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007), 5-digit, 3-digit
scheme (L008) and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each,
placed in 3-digit flat trays or alternate containers; or 3-digit
scheme, and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each,
prepared under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
* * * * *
13.0 Carrier Route Eligibility
* * * * *
13.2 Sorting
13.2.1 Basic Standards
* * * Carrier route prices apply to copies that are prepared in
carrier route bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, subject to
these standards:
* * * * *
b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier route prices apply to carrier
route bundles that are sorted in one of the following ways:
[Revise 13.2.1b2 and b3 as follows:]
2. Bundles in carrier route, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit
carrier routes flat trays or alternate containers, or 3-digit carrier
routes flat trays or alternate containers under 23.0. Flat trays or
alternate containers may be palletized under 705.8.0.
3. Untrayed bundles entered at a destination delivery unit
according to preparation standards in 23.4.2 and entry standards in
29.5.5.
* * * * *
13.3 Walk-Sequence Prices
* * * * *
13.3.2 Copies Claimed at Other Prices
[Revise the second sentence of 13.3.2 as follows:]
* * * When presented to the USPS, the trays or alternate containers
containing the walk-sequence price copies must be separated from other
trays or containers. * * *
* * * * *
14.0 Barcoded (Automation) Eligibility
* * * * *
14.3 Prices--Outside-County
Outside-County barcoded (automation) prices are based on the
following criteria (see 2.0 for price application and computation):
* * * * *
[Revise 14.3c as follows:]
c. Container prices are based on the type of container (tray,
alternate container or pallet), the level of sortation of the
container, and where the container is entered.
* * * * *
18.0 General Mail Preparation
* * * * *
18.3 Presort Terms
Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise items 18.3e and f as follows:]
e. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or alternate containers) for
flats prepared according to 301.3.0: The ZIP
[[Page 13755]]
Code in the delivery address on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP
Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L007.
f. 5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or alternate
containers) for Periodicals flats and irregular parcels: The ZIP Code
in the delivery address on all pieces in carrier route bundles is one
of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as
shown in L001.
* * * * *
[Revise 18.3h as follows:]
h. Merged 5-digit trays: the carrier route bundles and/or
machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles in a flat tray
or alternate container are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A''
or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City
State Product.
* * * * *
[Revise 18.3j as follows:]
j. Merged 5-digit scheme tray: the 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in
carrier route bundles and/or machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price
5-digit bundles in a flat tray or alternate container are all for 5-
digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001, and
the machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles also are
for 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
* * * * *
18.4 Mail Preparation Terms
For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
[Revise 18.4e as follows:]
e. An approved alternate container is a container that is
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
[Revise 18.4j as follows:]
j. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort for carrier route price
Periodicals flats and irregular parcels (nonletters) prepared as
bundles in flat trays or alternate containers, or on pallets yields a
5-digit scheme carrier routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or
pallet for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier
routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or pallet for other areas.
The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as a single presort
destination subject to a single minimum tray, container or pallet
volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. Flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme
carrier routes destination that contain carrier route bundles for only
one of the schemed 5-digit areas are still considered to be sorted to
5-digit scheme carrier routes and are labeled accordingly. The 5-digit
scheme carrier routes sort is required for carrier route bundles of
flat-size and irregular parcel Periodicals. Preparation of 5-digit
scheme carrier routes flat trays, alternate containers or pallets must
be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
* * * * *
[Revise 18.4l as follows:]
l. A merged 5-digit sort for Periodicals flats prepared in flat
trays or alternate containers yields merged 5-digit flat trays or
alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and/or
machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles that are all
for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product. The merged 5-
digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats. Flat trays or alternate
containers prepared for a merged 5-digit destination that contain only
a single price level of bundles or that contain only two price levels
of bundles are still considered to be merged 5-digit sorted and are
labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit trays or
alternate containers is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit ZIP
Code destinations with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route
Indicators field in the City State Product.
[Revise the second sentence of 18.4m as follows:]
m. * * * The merged 5-digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats
in flat trays or alternate containers under 705.10.0. * * *
[Revise 18.4n as follows:]
n. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Periodicals flats prepared in
flat trays or alternate containers yields merged 5-digit scheme trays
or alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and
machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles for those 5-
digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001. Flat
trays or alternate containers prepared for a merged 5-digit scheme
destination that contain only a single price level of bundles, or only
two price levels of bundles, or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-
digit ZIP Codes are still considered to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted
and must be labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit
scheme trays or alternate containers is performed, it must be done for
all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.
* * * * *
[Revise 18.4r as follows:]
r. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray/alternate
container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service
area the mail is verified. A separate tray/alternate container may be
prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area. When these
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 28.3.
[Revise 18.4s as follows:]
s. An origin/entry SCF flat tray or alternate container contains
all 5-digit and 3-digit bundles (regardless of quantity) for the SCF in
whose service area the mail is verified. At the mailer's option, such a
tray or container may be prepared for the SCF area of each entry Post
Office. This presort level applies only to nonletter-size Periodicals
prepared in flat trays or alternate containers. . When these
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the
mailing as described in 28.3.
* * * * *
[Add a new 18.5 as follows:]
18.5 Required Pallet Preparation
Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
19.0 Bundles
* * * * *
19.6 Flat-Size Bundles
Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to
the following:
* * * * *
[Revise 19.6b as follows:]
b. If placed in flat trays or alternate containers, the specific
weight and height limits in 19.8.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 19.8 as
follows:]
19.8 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers
In addition to the standards in 19.4, mailers must prepare and
secure
[[Page 13756]]
bundles placed in flat trays or alternate containers as follows:
* * * * *
19.10 Pieces With Simplified Addresses
[Revise the third sentence of 19.10 as follows:]
* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight
limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, specific weight and height
limits in 19.8 for Periodicals placed in flat trays or approved
alternate containers, and specific thickness limits in 19.5 for cards
and letter-size pieces.
* * * * *
19.12 Address Visibility
* * * This standard does not apply to the following:
[Revise items 19.12a and b as follows:]
a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat
trays, alternate containers or pallets.
b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes flat
trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 20.0 as follows:]
20.0 Trays and Alternate Containers
20.1 Basic Standards
20.1.1 General
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 20.1.1
as follows:]
Mailings must be prepared in letter trays, flat trays, or bundled
and placed directly on pallets or in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in Exhibit 20.1.1 and under other applicable
standards in this section. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise the USPS Container method column for the Flat-size, parcels
row only to replace the word ``sack'' in Exhibit 20.1.1 as follows:]
Exhibit 20.1.1 USPS Containers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Processing category USPS container
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals:
* * * * * *
Flat-size, parcels........................ Flat tray or alternate container.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
[Delete current sections 20.1.5, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme;
20.1.6, flats and Irregular Parcels--Origin/Entry SCF Sacks; and
20.1.7, Flats and Irregular Parcels--Origin Mixed ADC Sacks, in their
entirety.]
* * * * *
[Renumber 20.3 through 20.4.2 as the new 20.4 through 20.5.2 and
add a new 20.3 as follows:]
20.3 Flat Tray Usage
When using flat trays in lieu of palletizing or optionally traying
under 22.7 and 25.5, mailers must prepare mailpieces in flat trays with
green lids.
Flat tray sizes are as follows:
a. Inside bottom dimensions: 14-3/4 inches long by 10-3/4 inches
wide.
b. Height: 8 inches to bottom of handhold, 11-1/4 inches to top of
tray.
[Revise title and text of renumbered 20.4 as follows:]
20.4 Flat Tray or Container Preparation
If mailers are unable to palletize, flat-size and parcel mailings
must be placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers except
when permitted under other applicable standards in this section. All
tray or container preparation is subject to these standards:
a. Each tray or container must bear the correct tray label.
b. The weight of a tray or container and its content must not
exceed 70 pounds
[Revise title of renumbered 20.5 as follows:]
20.5 Standards for Optional Use of Flat Trays
20.5.1 General
[Revise renumbered 20.5.1 as follows:]
Mailers may optionally prepare machinable flat-size pieces in flat
trays, under 22.7 and 25.5, instead of preparing these pieces in
bundles.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 21.0 as follows:]
21.0 Tray Labels
21.1 Basic Standards
21.1.1 General
[Revise 21.1.1 as follows:]
Tray labels are subject to the following:
a. Use 2-inch labels for trays or approved alternate containers.
b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed
labels are acceptable.
c. Tray labels for automation price mailings are subject to 21.4
and 708.6.0.
d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate
containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5, and to the
specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
* * * * *
21.1.2 Line 1 (Destination Line)
Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
[Revise 21.1.2 c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP
Code of the mail in the tray or container.
* * * * *
21.1.3 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
[Revise the second sentence of 21.1.3a as follows:]
a. * * * This line must show the class and processing category of
the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as
specified by standards. * * *
* * * * *
[Delete 21.2, Sack Labels, in its entirety, and renumber current
21.3 and 21.4 as the new 21.2 and 21.3.]
* * * * *
[[Page 13757]]
21.2 Tray Labels
21.2.1 Placement
[Revise the second sentence of renumbered 21.2.1 as follows:]
* * * If no specific location is indicated, place the label
securely in an adhesive-backed label holder affixed horizontally to the
top left corner of one end of the tray, for letter trays; and the lower
left corner, for flat trays. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title and the text of the introductory sentence of
renumbered 21.3 as follows:]
21.3 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels
Exhibit 21.3 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray
labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
[Revise items 21.3d and e as follows:]
d. Mailers must insert barcoded labels completely into the label
holder on the tray or alternate container to prevent their loss during
transport and processing.
e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and
alternate containers for mailings entered under the full-service
Intelligent Mail automation option.
[Revise the Price or Type column only for the second line under
Periodicals to replace the word ``cosacked'' with ``cotrayed'' in
exhibit 21.3 as follows:]
Exhibit 21.3 Required Barcoded Tray Labels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price or type Processing category
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals:
* * * * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0 * * *
through 705.13.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
22.0 Preparing Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Periodicals
22.1 Basic Standards
22.1.1 General
[Revise the introductory sentence of 22.1.1 as follows:]
For letter-size mail, nonletter-size mail prepared in flat trays or
approved alternate containers, and palletized mail, the following
standards apply:
* * * * *
[Revise items 22.1.1c through e as follows:]
c. Nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 22.2 and placed on
pallets. Bundles placed on pallets must meet additional bundling
criteria under 705.8.0.
d. When unable to palletize, bundles of nonletter-size pieces must
be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers (except
under 23.4.2) under one of the following:
1. Trayed under 22.6, except that a nonbarcoded price mailing that
is part of a mailing job that also contains a barcoded mailing must be
trayed as described in 22.1.2.
2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 22.6,
may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 22.1.2 as follows:]
22.1.2 Additional Standards for Nonletter-Size Unpalletized Mailing
Jobs Containing More Than One Mailing
The following standards apply:
[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.2a as follows:]
a. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers
that are part of a mailing job that includes a carrier route, barcoded
price, and nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under one of the
options listed below. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise items 22.1.2b through d as follows:]
b. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers
that are part of a mailing job that includes a barcoded price and
nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under the cotraying
standards in 705.9.0.
c. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier
route mailing and a nonbarcoded price mailing may be prepared
separately, or may be prepared using the merged traying option under
705.10.0.
d. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier
route mailing and a barcoded price mailing may be prepared separately
under 23.0 and 25.0, or may be prepared using the merged traying option
under 705.10.0.
* * * * *
22.1.4 Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route,
Barcoded Price, and Nonbarcoded Price Mail
[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.4 as follows:]
Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonbarcoded price 5-
digit bundles prepared under 22.1 and 22.2 are cotrayed with carrier
route bundles prepared under 23.0 and with barcoded price 5-digit
bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate
containers and in merged 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or alternate
containers. * * *
* * * * *
22.4 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.4 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared
in flat trays, approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as
follows:
[Revise 22.4a as follows:]
a. Place bundles in only 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or
alternate containers hat contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry
SCF trays or containers, as appropriate.
* * * * *
22.5 Tray Preparation--Letter-Size Pieces
[Revise the introductory paragraph only of 22.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 22.6 as
follows:]
22.6 Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Pieces and Parcels
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also contain a barcoded
price mailing, see 22.1.2 and 705.9.0 or 705.10.0. For other mailing
jobs, preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[[Page 13758]]
22.7 Optional Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Nonbarcoded Pieces
[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.7and
add a new second sentence as follows:]
As an option, mailers may place unbundled machinable flat-size
pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 20.4).
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as
described in 28.3. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 22.8 as follows:]
22.8 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level.
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in items a through c below. Preparation sequence
and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when these
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays as described in
28.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column B, L002
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS 3D NON BC
b. Local Surface Transport (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ``OMX'' followed by L201, Column C information for the
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS NON BC.''
c. Extended Surface Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS NON BC.''
23.0 Preparing Carrier Route Periodicals
23.1 Basic Standards
23.1.1 General
Mailers must meet the following standards for carrier route
mailings:
[Revise items 23.1.1c through e as follows:]
c. Generally nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 23.2 and
placed on pallets under 705.8.0.
d. Except as noted in 23.4.2, mailers must palletize bundles of
nonletter-size pieces, or place bundles in flat trays or approved
alternate containers, according to one of the following:
1. Tray or containerize under 23.4, or under 705.10.1 if eligible
to be cotrayed with barcoded price and nonbarcoded price Periodicals
pieces.
2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 23.4,
may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
* * * * *
23.1.4 Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route and
Machinable Barcoded and Nonbarcoded Price Mail
[Revise the second sentence of 23.1.4 as follows:]
* * * Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route
bundles prepared under 23.1 and 23.2.3 are cotrayed with machinable
nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 22.0 and with
machinable barcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged
5-digit trays or containers and merged 5-digit scheme trays or
containers. * * *
* * * * *
23.3 Preparation--Letter-Size Pieces
23.3.1 Basic Preparation
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 23.3.1 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
23.4 Preparation--Flat-Size Pieces and Irregular Parcels
[Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 23.4.1 as follows:]
23.4.1 Tray Preparation
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
[Revise the opening paragraph only of 23.4.1d as follows:]
d. 3-digit carrier routes, required with one six-piece bundle.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph on 23.4.2 as
follows:]
23.4.2 Exception to Containerization
Containerization is not required for carrier route or 5-digit
bundles prepared for and entered at a DDU when the mailer unloads
bundles under 29.5.5. Mail presented under this exception is not
subject to the container charge (but is still subject to the bundle
charge). Mailers must prepare uncontainerized bundles as follows:
* * * * *
23.6 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 23.6 as
follows:]
* * * Low-volume carrier route bundles are permitted only when they
are prepared on pallets, placed in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as follows:
[Revise 23.6a as follows:]
a. Place bundles in only 5-digit scheme carrier routes and 5-digit
carrier routes trays or containers that contain at least 24 pieces, or
3-digit carrier routes or merged 3-digit trays or containers that
contain at least one six-piece carrier route bundle.
* * * * *
23.7 Multi-Box Section Bundles--Optional Preparation
A mailer may combine individual copies of Periodicals for Post
Office box sections into a multi-box section bundle or bundles of
copies to the same 5-digit ZIP Code under these conditions:
* * * * *
[Revise 23.7f as follows:]
f. Bundles must be placed in existing carrier-route, 5-Digit
scheme, or 5-Digit carrier routes trays or containers.
* * * * *
24.0 Preparing Letter-Size Barcoded (Automation) Periodicals
* * * * *
24.2 Additional Standards
24.2.1 Preparing Barcoded Price Letters
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 24.2.1 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
25.0 Preparing Flat-Size Barcoded (Automation) Periodicals
25.1 Basic Standards
25.1.1 General
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 25.11 as follows:]
Each piece must meet the physical standards in 301.3.0 or in 26.0.
Bundle, tray or container preparation is subject to 18.0 through 21.0
and this section. Trays or containers must bear the appropriate
barcoded container labels under 708.6.0. Pieces may be prepared in
bundles that are not placed on
[[Page 13759]]
pallets, or in trays or other containers, only as provided in 23.4.2.
* * * * *
[Revise title and text of 25.1.6.7]
25.1.6 Flat Tray and Container Preparation
Mailers may combine bundles of pieces prepared under 301.3.0 and
bundles of pieces prepared under 26.0 in the same flat tray or approved
alternate container, with the exception of 5-digit scheme sacks, which
may contain only pieces prepared under 301.3.0.
* * * * *
25.1.8 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces
[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 25.1.8
as follows:]
* * * These low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are
trayed or prepared on pallets under these conditions:
[Revise 25.1.8a as follows:]
a. Place 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, 3-digit, and SCF flat trays or alternate containers, as
appropriate, that contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged 3-digit flat
trays or alternate containers that contain at least one six-piece
carrier route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF flat trays or alternate
containers.
* * * * *
[Revise 25.1.8c as follows:]
c. Place 5-digit scheme and 3-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit
scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or approved alternate containers, as
appropriate, that contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged 3-digit
trays or alternate containers that contain at least one six-piece
carrier route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate
containers.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 25.1.9 as follows:]
25.1.9 Cotraying and Cobundling With Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Mail
The following standards apply (except as provided in 25.1.7):
* * * * *
[Revise items 25.1.9b and c as follows:]
b. If the mailing job contains a machinable barcoded and
nonbarcoded price mailing, then it must be prepared under the cotraying
standards in 705.9.0. Machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price pieces
may be cobundled under the standards in 705.11.0.
c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a
machinable barcoded price mailing, then it must be separately trayed
under 23.0 and 25.0 or prepared using the merged tray option under
705.10.0.
25.1.10 Merged Containerization With Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route
Flats
[Revise 25.1.10 as follows:]
When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-
digit bundles of machinable barcoded, machinable nonbarcoded, and
carrier route mail that are part of the same mailing job may be
combined on merged 5-digit scheme flat trays, approved alternate
containers or pallets and merged 5-digit flat trays, approved alternate
containers or pallets. Bundles that are cotrayed or copalletized must
be part of the same mailing job and mail class. Machinable barcoded
pieces may be cobundled with machinable nonbarcoded pieces under
705.11.0.
* * * * *
[Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 25.4 as
follows:]
25.4 Traying and Labeling
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also contain a machinable
nonbarcoded price mailing, see 25.1.9 and 705.9.0. Other mailing jobs
are prepared, trayed and labeled as follows:
* * * * *
25.5 Optional Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Barcoded Pieces
[Add a new first sentence and revise the new second sentence of the
introductory paragraph of 25.5 as follows:]
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF
as described in 28.3. As an option, mailers may place unbundled
machinable flat-size pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats
trays. * * *
* * * * *
[Add a new 25.6 as follows:]
25.6 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling
For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level.
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate
containers as shown in items a through c below. Preparation sequence
and labeling:
a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when these
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays as described in
28.3; labeling:
1. Line 1: Column B, L002
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS 3D BC
b. Local Surface Transport (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ``OMX'' followed by L201, Column C information for the
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS BC.
c. Extended Surface Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS BC.
* * * * *
27.0 Combining Multiple Editions or Publications
* * * * *
27.3 Minimum Volume
The following minimum volume standards apply:
[Revise 27.3a as follows:]
a. For comailings prepared under 27.1a, multiple publications or
editions are combined to meet the required minimum volume per bundle,
tray or container for the price claimed.
* * * * *
28.0 Enter and Deposit
* * * * *
[Revise 28.0 by renumbering current items 28.3 and 28.4 as the new
28.4 and 28.5 and add a new 28.3 as follows:]
28.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces
Mailers may optionally separate origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit
(scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme)
trays, containers or bundles destinating in the service area of the SCF
serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area
of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. When making such separations,
mailpieces must be prepared in accordance with 22.0 through 25.0 and
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance
personnel.
* * * * *
29.0 Destination Entry
29.1 Basic Standards
29.1.1 Price Application
Periodicals may qualify for destination entry prices under 29.3
[[Page 13760]]
through 29.5. The following standards apply:
[Revise 29.11a as follows:]
a. An individual bundle, tray, or pallet may contain pieces claimed
at different destination entry pound prices.
* * * * *
29.1.2 Documentation
[Revise the first sentence of 29.12 as follows:]
Subject to 708.1.0, the mailer must be able to show compliance with
eligibility requirements (by bundle, tray, or pallet), and list the
number of addressed pieces by presort level for each 5-digit and 3-
digit ZIP Code destination as appropriate for the prices and discounts
claimed.
* * * * *
29.4 Destination Sectional Center Facility
* * * * *
29.4.2 Price Eligibility
Determine price eligibility as follows:
a. Pound Prices. * * * Nonletter-size pieces are also eligible when
the mailer deposits 5-digit bundles at the destination delivery unit
(DDU) (the facility where the carrier cases mail for delivery to the
addresses on the pieces) and the 5-digit bundles are in or on the
following types of containers:
[Revise 29.4.2a1 as follows:]
1. A merged 5-digit scheme or merged 5-digit tray or container.
* * * * *
708 Technical Specifications
1.0 Standardized Documentation for First-Class Mail, Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed Matter
* * * * *
1.2 Format and Content
For First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Bound Printed
Matter, standardized documentation includes:
* * * * *
c. For mail in trays or approved alternate containers, list these
required elements:
[Revise 1.2c1 and c2 as follows:]
1. Tray/alternate container sortation level. Note with an asterisk
(``*'') all trays containing overflow mail moved into that tray under
235.6.6, 245.5.3 or 245.7.5.
2. Tray/alternate container destination ZIP Code from top line of
tray/container label except that, for 3-digit carrier routes trays,
list the individual 5-digit ZIP Codes in each tray.
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of 1.2c4 as follows:]
4. Separate columns with the number of pieces for each price
reported in the mailing, and a continuous running total of pieces for
each mailing (group information either in ZIP Code order and by
sortation level or by sortation level and within each sortation level,
by ZIP Code; report trays and alternate containers on pallets by pallet
level and destination; include all information required in 1.2c for
mail in trays or alternate containers). * * *
[Revise 1.2c5 as follows:]
5. The tray identification number and size (1-foot or 2-foot) if
available for letter mail in trays. The tray identification number is
optional for unbundled automation flats placed in flat trays.
* * * * *
[Revise 1.2c7 as follows:]
7. For Periodicals mailings that contain both In-County and
Outside-County pieces, the listing may include a separate ``Container
Charge'' and ``Bundle Charge'' column. Indicate which trays, alternate
containers, and bundles are subject to the container or bundle charges
and a total or a running total.
* * * * *
e. * * * For Periodicals mailings, documentation also must provide:
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentences of items 1.2e2 and e3 as follows:]
2. * * * Report only trays, approved alternate containers, and
pallets subject to the Outside-County container prices under 707.1.1.4.
3. * * * Report only bundles, trays, approved alternate containers,
and pallets subject to the Outside-County bundle and container prices.
* * * * *
1.5 Combined, Copalletized, and Merged Mailings
For combined or copalletized mailings of Periodicals and Standard
Mail prepared under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0,
documentation must show this additional information:
a. For mailings that require multiple postage statements:
* * * * *
[Revise 1.5a2 as follows:]
2. Prices for each product or edition shown in the correct
``Price'' column and summarized for each tray, approved alternate
container, or pallet and for the entire mailing.
* * * * *
1.8 Optional Information
[Revise 1.8 as follows:]
Standardized documentation may include additional information about
the pieces mailed (such as individual tray, approved alternate
container, or sack total piece counts, optional identification codes,
bundle weights) if this information does not conflict with the
information required under 1.2 through 1.7.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.0 as follows:]
6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels and Container Placards
6.1 General
[Revise title and text of 6.1.1 as follows:]
6.1.1 Tray Labels
Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 6.5) and barcoded tray labels are
the USPS-approved methods to encode routing, content, origin, and
mailer information on trays, approved alternate containers and sacks.
Intelligent Mail tray labels are designed for use with Intelligent Mail
barcoded mail and have the capacity to provide unique identification
throughout postal processing.
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.2 as follows:]
6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray Labels
6.2.1 Use
[Revise 6.2.1 as follows:]
Exhibit 6.2.1 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray
labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
a. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 6.0.
b. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed.
Alterations to preprinted barcoded labels (e.g., handwritten changes)
may not be made.
c. Labels must be inserted completely into the label holder on the
tray or alternate container to prevent their loss during transport and
processing.
[Revise Exhibit 6.2.1 by inserting two new rows above First-Class
Mail to add reference to Express and Priority Mail O&D, and revise the
``Price or Type'' descriptions within Periodicals and Standard Mail as
follows:]
Exhibit 6.2.1--Required Barcoded Tray and Sack Labels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price or type Processing category
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Express Mail Open & Distribute............ Any.
* * * * *
Periodicals
[[Page 13761]]
* * * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.90 Flat-size.
through 705.13.0.
* * * * *
Standard Mail
* * * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0 Flat-size.
through 705.13.0.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2.2 Line 1 (Destination Line)
The destination line must meet these standards:
[Revise the first two sentences of 6.2.2a as follows:]
a. Placement. The destination line must be the top line of the
label, placed in the position shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a (above the
barcode). An exception is that one line of extraneous information may
appear above the destination line on tray labels as provided in 6.3.2,
and 6.3.2f. * * *
[Renumber and re-title current Exhibit 6.2.2a as follows:]
Exhibit 6.2.2 Barcoded Tray Labels
* * * * *
[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
b. Information. The destination line must contain only the
information required by the applicable standards for the class,
processing category, sortation level of the tray, approved alternate
container or sack, and the prices claimed. This information is
contained in the labeling lists for all sortation and price levels
except trays, alternate containers or sacks to carrier route, 5-digit
carrier routes, merged 5-digit, and 5-digit destinations, and except
for automation letter trays to 5-digit scheme destinations. For the
destination line of carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes, merged 5-
digit, and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, the city, two-
letter state abbreviation, and 5-digit ZIP Code of the destination 5-
digit ZIP Code area must be shown. For 5-digit scheme trays, the city,
two-letter state abbreviation, and ZIP Code for the destination scheme
must be obtained from the City State Product. The destination line may
contain abbreviated city and state information if such abbreviations
are those in the City State Product.
[Delete current Exhibit 6.2.2b, Barcoded 1-Inch Sack Labels, in its
entirety.]
[Revise the second and fifth sentences of 6.2.2c as follows:]
c. Overseas Military Mail. The exact content identifier number
(CIN) that matches the level of tray or alternate container must be
used in the barcode and barcode numeric line on barcoded tray labels. *
* * A footnote at the end of the content line information means that
the mailer must add appropriate information when ordering and printing
tray labels. * * *
6.2.3 Line 2 (Content Line)
The content line must meet these standards:
[Revise the third sentence of 6.2.3a as follows:]
a. * * * This line must show the class, processing category, and
the sortation level of the tray or alternate container as required by
the applicable standards for the mailing. * * *
* * * * *
6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers
[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.2.4 as follows:]
The exact content identifier number (CIN) that matches the level of
tray, approved alternate container or sack must be used in the barcode
and barcode numeric line on barcoded tray labels. The required second
line of information that corresponds to the CIN must appear on the
human-readable content line of the label. The human-readable content
line is automatically printed when labels are obtained through the
PASSPORT system or ordered on Form 1578-B for printing at the Label
Printing Center in Topeka, Kansas. A footnote at the end of the content
line information means that the mailer must add appropriate information
when ordering and printing tray labels. Any mailer using PASSPORT to
order labels must also add the appropriate additional information to
the human-readable content line for those content lines marked with a
footnote. See Exhibit 6.2.4.
Exhibit 6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers
[Revise text of ``Class and Mailing'' and ``Human Readable Content
Line'' for Express and Priority Mail of Exhibit 6.2.4 as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Human-readable content
Class and mailing CIN line
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Express Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open & Distribute, all 143 EXPRESS O&D.
container & sack levels.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Priority Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open & Distribute, all 165 PRIORITY O&D.
container & sack levels.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Revise the ``Class and Mailing'' column only for Exhibit 6.2.4 for
the following mail classes (CIN codes are shown for comparison):]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Human-readable content
Class and mailing CIN line
------------------------------------------------------------------------
First-Class Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * *
FCM Parcels--Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, 289 * * *
trays & sacks.
5-digit containers trays & 289 * * *
sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 290 * * *
[[Page 13762]]
ADC containers or trays.... 291 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 292 * * *
trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals (PER)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * *
PER Flats--Carrier Route:
car. rt. containers or 387 * * *
trays--saturation.
car. rt. containers or 388 * * *
trays--high density.
car. rt. containers or 385 * * *
trays--basic.
5-digit carrier routes 386 * * *
containers or trays.
5-digit scheme car. rts. 371 * * *
containers or trays.
3-digit carrier routes 351 * * *
containers.
PER Flats--Barcoded:
5-digit containers or trays 372 * * *
5-digit scheme containers 372 * * *
or trays.
3-digit containers or trays 373 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 377 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 374 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 375 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 381 * * *
or trays.
PER Flats--Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers 378 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 378 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 379 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 384 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 380 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 382 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 381 * * *
or trays.
[Revise the section title as
follows:]
PER Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
and Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers 321 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 321 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 322 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 329 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 331 * * *
Mixed ADC containers or 332 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 381 * * *
or trays.
PER Flats--Merged Carrier
Route, Barcoded, and
Nonbarcoded:
merged 5-digit containers 339 * * *
or trays.
merged 5-digit scheme 349 * * *
containers or trays.
merged 3-digit containers 352 * * *
or trays.
PER Irregular Parcels--Merged
Carrier Route and Presorted:
merged 5-digit containers, 340 * * *
trays & sacks.
merged 3-digit containers 354 * * *
or trays.
merged 5-digit scheme 365 * * *
containers or trays.
PER Irregular Parcels--Carrier
Route:
saturation containers, 397 * * *
trays & sacks.
high density containers, 398 * * *
trays & sacks.
basic containers, trays & 395 * * *
sacks.
5-digit carrier routes 396 * * *
containers, trays & sacks.
5-digit scheme car. rts. 399 * * *
containers or trays.
3-digit carriers routes 355 * * *
containers or trays.
PER Irregular Parcels--
Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & 389 * * *
sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 390 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 394 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 391 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 392 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 363 * * *
or trays.
* * * * * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals (NEWS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * *
NEWS Flats--Carrier Route:
car. rt. containers or 487 * * *
trays--saturation.
[[Page 13763]]
car. rt. containers or 488 * * *
trays--high density.
car. rt. containers or 485 * * *
trays--basic.
5-digit carrier routes 486 * * *
containers or trays.
5-digit scheme car. rts. 471 * * *
containers or trays.
3-digit carrier routes 451 * * *
containers or trays.
NEWS Flats--Barcoded:
5-digit containers or trays 472 * * *
5-digit scheme containers 472 * * *
or trays.
3-digit containers or trays 473 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 477 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 474 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 475 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 481 * * *
or trays.
NEWS Flats--Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers 478 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 478 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 479 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 484 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 480 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 482 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 481 * * *
or trays.
[Revise the section title as
follows:]
NEWS Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
and Nonbarcoded:
5-digit scheme containers 421 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 421 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 422 * * *
SCF and origin/entry 429 * * *
containers or trays.
ADC containers or trays.... 431 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 432 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 481 * * *
or trays.
NEWS Flats--Merged Carrier
Route, Barcoded, and
Nonbarcoded:
merged 5-digit............. 439 * * *
merged 5-digit scheme...... 449 * * *
merged 3-digit sacks....... 452 * * *
NEWS Irregular Parcels--Merged
Carrier Route and Presorted:
merged 5-digit............. 440 * * *
merged 5-digit scheme...... 465 * * *
merged 3-digit containers 454 * * *
or trays.
NEWS Irregular Parcels--Carrier
Route:
saturation containers or 497 * * *
trays.
high density containers or 498 * * *
trays.
basic containers or trays.. 495 * * *
5-digit carrier routes 496 * * *
containers or trays.
5-digit scheme carrier 499 * * *
routes containers or trays.
3-digit carrier routes 455 * * *
containers or trays.
NEWS Irregular Parcels--
Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & 489 * * *
sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 490 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 494 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 491 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 492 * * *
trays.
origin mixed ADC containers 463 * * *
or trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standard Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * *
Enhanced Carrier Route Flats--
Nonautomation:
saturation containers or 587 * * *
trays.
high density containers or 588 * * *
trays.
basic containers or trays.. 589 * * *
5-digit carrier routes 586 * * *
containers or trays.
5-digit scheme carrier 529 * * *
routes containers or trays.
[Revise the section title as
follows:]
STD Flats--Cotrayed Automation
and Nonautomation:
5-digit scheme containers 521 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 521 * * *
3-digit and origin/entry 3- 522 * * *
digit containers or trays.
ADC containers or trays.... 531 * * *
[[Page 13764]]
mixed ADC containers or 532 * * *
trays.
* * * * * * *
STD Flats--Automation:
5-digit containers or trays 572 * * *
5-digit scheme containers 572 * * *
or trays.
3-digit containers or trays 573 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 574 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 575 * * *
trays.
STD Flats--Nonautomation:
5-digit scheme containers 578 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 578 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 579 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 580 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 582 * * *
trays.
Customized MarketMail (CMM):
CMM letter trays........... 206 * * *
CMM flat trays............. 207 * * *
CMM alternate containers... 205 * * *
[Delete sections describing STD
Not Flat-Machinable Pieces,
under 6 ounces and over 6
ounces in their entirety.
Resume with ECR Irregular
Parcels--Nonautomation as
follows:]
ECR Irregular Parcels--
Nonautomation:
saturation containers, 599 * * *
trays & sacks.
high density containers, 600 * * *
trays & sacks.
basic containers, trays & 601 * * *
sacks.
5-digit carrier routes 598 * * *
containers, trays & sacks.
STD Irregular Parcels--
Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, 590 * * *
trays & sacks.
5-digit containers, trays & 596 * * *
sacks.
SCF containers or trays.... 571 * * *
ASF containers or trays.... 570 * * *
mixed NDC containers or 594 * * *
trays.
STD Machinable Parcels--
Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & 670 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 670 * * *
trays & sacks.
ASF containers or trays.... 672 * * *
NDC containers or trays.... 673 * * *
Mixed NDC containers or 674 * * *
trays.
STD Machinable and Irregular
Parcels--Presorted:
5-digit containers, trays & 603 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 603 * * *
trays & sacks.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Package Services
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrier Route BPM--Flats:
carrier route containers or 657 * * *
trays.
5-digit scheme carrier 659 * * *
routes containers or trays.
5-digit carrier routes 658 * * *
containers or trays.
Presorted BPM--Flats:
5-digit scheme containers 649 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 649 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 650 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 654 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 651 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 653 * * *
trays.
Presorted BPM--Automation
Flats:
5-digit containers or trays 635 * * *
5-digit scheme containers 635 * * *
or trays.
3-digit containers or trays 636 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 637 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 638 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 639 * * *
trays.
[Revise section title as
follows:]:
BPM Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
and Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers 648 * * *
or trays.
5-digit containers or trays 648 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 661 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 667 * * *
[[Page 13765]]
ADC containers or trays.... 668 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 669 * * *
trays.
Carrier Route BPM--Irregular
Parcels:
carrier route containers, 697 * * *
trays & sacks.
5-digit carrier routes 698 * * *
containers, trays & sacks.
5-digit scheme carrier 698 * * *
routes containers, trays &
sacks.
Presorted BPM--Irregular
Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & 690 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 690 * * *
trays & sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 691 * * *
SCF containers or trays.... 696 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 692 * * *
Mixed ADC containers or 694 * * *
trays.
Carrier Route BPM--Machinable
Parcels:
carrier route containers, 687 * * *
trays & sacks.
Presorted BPM--Machinable
Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & 680 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 680 * * *
trays & sacks.
ASF containers or trays.... 682 * * *
NDC containers or trays.... 683 * * *
mixed NDC containers or 684 * * *
trays.
Media Mail and Library Mail
Flats--Presorted:
5-digit containers or trays 649 * * *
3-digit containers or trays 650 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 651 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 653 * * *
trays.
Media Mail and Library Mail
Irregular Parcels--Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, 690 * * *
trays & sacks.
5-digit containers, trays & 690 * * *
sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 691 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 692 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 694 * * *
trays.
Media Mail and Library Mail
Machinable Parcels--Presorted:
5-digit scheme containers, 680 * * *
trays & sacks.
5-digit containers, trays & 680 * * *
sacks.
3-digit containers or trays 682 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 683 * * *
mixed ADC containers or 684 * * *
trays.
Parcel Select Machinable
Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & 680 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 680 * * *
trays & sacks.
ASF containers or trays.... 682 * * *
NDC containers or trays.... 683 * * *
mixed NDC containers or 684 * * *
trays.
Parcel Select DSCF and DDU
Prices:
5-digit containers, trays & 688 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 688 * * *
trays & sacks.
Parcel Select--Irregular
(Nonmachinable) Parcels:
3-digit containers or trays 691 * * *
Combined Package Services,
Parcel Select, and Standard
Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & 688 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 688 * * *
trays & sacks.
Combined Package Services,
Parcel Select, and Standard
Machinable Parcels:
5-digit containers, trays & 660 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 660 * * *
trays & sacks.
ASF containers or trays.... 662 * * *
NDC containers or trays.... 663 * * *
mixed NDC containers or 664 * * *
trays.
Combined Package Services,
Parcel Select, and Standard--
All Parcels and Not Flat-
Machinable pieces:
5-digit containers, trays & 603 * * *
sacks.
5-digit scheme containers, 603 * * *
trays & sacks.
[Revise section title as
follows:]
Combined Package Services,
Parcel, and Standard--
Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz
(APPS-machinable):
3-digit containers or trays 501 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 502 * * *
[[Page 13766]]
mixed ADC containers or 506 * * *
trays.
[Revise section title as
follows:]
Combined PSVC & STD--Irregular
Parcels less than 2 oz, and
tubes and rolls (not APPS-
machinable):
3-digit containers or trays 591 * * *
ADC containers or trays.... 592 * * *
Mixed ADC containers or 594 * * *
trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Revise Exhibit 6.2.4 footnote #1 as follows:]
1. This information must be followed by a one-letter carrier route
type description, followed by a 3-digit route number for the route to
which the container, tray or sack is destined. At the mailer's option,
one space is permitted between the type description and route number.
* * * * *
6.2.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)
[Revise the first sentence of 6.2.5 as follows:]
The origin line must appear below the content line in a location
appropriate for a tray, approved alternative container, or sack as
shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a. * * *
* * * * *
[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]
6.3 Additional Standards--Barcoded Tray Labels
6.3.1 Paper Stock, Size, and Color
[Revise the introductory sentence of 6.3.1 as follows:]
Barcoded tray labels must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
6.3.3 Barcode
The label barcode must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
b. Information. The barcode must represent three numeric elements:
* * * * *
[Revise the first sentence of item b3 and delete the second
sentence in its entirety to remove reference to optional placement of
processing codes on sack labels as follows:]
3. A 2-digit USPS processing code on all tray labels. * * *
* * * * *
[Delete items 6.4 through 6.4.3 in their entirety to remove
reference to use of 1-inch sack labels and renumber current 6.5 and 6.6
as new 6.4 and 6.5 as follows]
6.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels
6.4.1 Definition
[Revise the first three sentences of 6.4.1 as follows:]
Intelligent Mail tray labels are 2-inch labels used on trays and
approved alternate containers to provide unique identification within
postal processing. 24-digit Intelligent Mail tray labels include only a
24 digit barcode printed in International Symbology Specification (ISS)
Code 128 subset C symbology (see Exhibit 6.4.3). To facilitate the
transition from 10-digit tray labels to 24-digit barcoded Intelligent
Mail tray labels, an optional transitional label is also available. * *
*
* * * * *
6.4.2 Transitional Intelligent Mail Tray Label Format
The general format for Intelligent Mail tray labels are as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.4.2b as follows:]
b. Tray or alternate container presort destination (postal
destination name).
* * * * *
6.4.3 24-Digit Intelligent Mail Tray Label
[Revise the first sentence of 6.4.3 as follows:]
Intelligent Mail tray labels, printed in the 24-digit format, can
be used on all trays and approved alternative containers to uniquely
identify each tray or alternate container in addition to each mailer or
mail preparer. * * *
* * * * *
6.4.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Label Format
The core data elements for the Intelligent Mail tray label are as
follows:
* * * * *
[Revise 6.4.4b as follows:]
b. Tray or alternate container presort destination (postal
destination name).
* * * * *
6.4.6 Unique Serial Number
[Revise 6.4.6 as follows:]
The Intelligent Mail tray barcode can encode a unique identifier
for each tray or alternate container.
* * * * *
Indexes and Appendices
* * * * *
Labeling Lists
L000 General Use
L001 5-Digit Scheme--Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Package Services
Flats and Irregular Parcels
[Revise the introductory paragraph of L001 as follows:]
L001 describes the 5-digit scheme sort list for pallets, flat trays
or approved alternate containers of Periodicals, Standard Mail, and
Package Services flats and irregular parcels destined for multiple 5-
digit ZIP Codes served by a single delivery unit. When the 5-digit
scheme sort is used, mail for the 5-digit ZIP Codes shown in Column A
must be combined on pallets or in trays (or alternate containers) as
follows:
* * * * *
[Revise item c of L001 as follows:]
c. Merged 5-digit scheme or 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or
alternate containers labeled to the corresponding destination shown in
Column B.
* * * * *
L002 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix Matrix
L002 lists every 3-digit Zip Code prefix for mail destined to 3-
digit, 3-digit scheme, and sectional center facility (SCF) destinations
as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise items a through c of L002 as follows:]
a. 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix: Use this column to find a 3-digit ZIP
Code prefix. Those prefixes indicated by an N have been designated as
3-digit ZIP Codes for which the preparation of a 3-digit flat tray or
approved alternate container is optional, and for which the preparation
of the optional 3-digit pallet is prohibited.
b. Column A, 3-Digit Destinations: Use this information for Line 1
on 3-digit pallet or container placards (subject to the standards for
the rate
[[Page 13767]]
claimed). Unique 3-digit cities are indicated by a U.
c. Column B, 3-Digit/Scheme Destinations: Use this information for
Line 1 on 3-digit or 3-digit scheme pallet or container placards
(subject to the standards for the price claimed). Line 2 of pallet or
container placards for destinations indicated by an S must include
either ``SCHEME'' or the specific information shown (3-digit groups by
scheme group, where applicable, are shown in L003).
* * * * *
L009 Mixed ADCs--Periodicals, Package Services Flats and Irregular
Parcels and Standard Mail Flats
[Revise the introductory sentence of L009 as follows:]
Mailers must use L009 to label mixed ADC bundles, flat trays or
approved alternate containers of Periodicals, Standard Mail, Bound
Printed Matter, Media Mail, and Library Mail flats. Mailers also must
use L009 to label mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers of
Periodicals irregular parcels and Bound Printer Matter irregular
parcels.
* * * * *
L010 NDC/ASF Entry--Standard Mail Letters and Package Services
Irregular Parcels
[Revise the last sentence of the first paragraph in the preamble
and the entire second paragraph as follows:]
* * * L010 indicates the label destination (Column B) for mixed
flat trays or approved alternate containers of Package Services
irregular parcels placed on ASF or NDC pallets.
Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate
containers of automation price Periodicals and Standard Mail flats and
barcoded Bound Printed Matter flats.
* * * * *
L011 Non-NDC/ASF Entry--Periodicals and Standard Mail Letters
* * * * *
[Revise the second paragraph of the preamble of L011 as follows:]
Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC bundles, flat trays or approved
alternate containers and sacks of automation price Periodicals and
Standard Mail flats and barcoded Bound Printed Matter flats.
* * * * *
L200 Periodicals and First-Class Mail
L201 Periodicals Origin Split and First-Class Mail Mixed ADC/AADC
[Revise the introductory paragraph of L201as follows:]
L201 describes the First-Class Mail surface transportation reach of
an origin facility for use in preparing bundles, flat trays or approved
alternate containers of Periodicals mail (including Periodicals labeled
``news'') and in preparation of First-Class Mail mixed pallets or
similar containers.
For Periodicals addressed to destinations within the First-Class
Mail surface reach of the origin facility, mailers must use L201 to
prepare mixed origin ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers to
enable integration of this volume into the First-Class Mail mailstream.
Label bundles, trays or alternate containers of mail originating in the
3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column A for delivery to 3-digit ZIP Code
destinations listed in Column B using the corresponding city, state,
and ZIP Code information in Column C. Use L009 for the preparation of
mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers for any remaining
pieces addressed to 3-digit ZIP Code destinations not listed in Column
B.
For First-Class Mail letters, flats, and parcels originating in the
3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column A, label trays or alternate containers
to the corresponding destination in Column C. Use ``MXD'' instead of
``OMX.'' Ignore Column B.
* * * * *
L600 Standard Mail and Package Services
L601 Network Distribution Centers (NDCs)
L601 describes the service area by individual 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix for sorting mail to NDC destinations. Use this list for:
* * * * *
[Revise item b of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, flat trays or approved
alternate containers on pallets.
* * * * *
[Revise item d of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat trays or alternate containers
on pallets.
* * * * *
[Revise item f of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
f. Presorted Media Mail and Presorted Library Mail to NDC
destinations. For labeling mixed NDC flat trays, alternate containers
and pallets, mailers must add ``MXD'' before the Column B information
of the NDC serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of the Post Office at
which the mail is entered.
* * * * *
L602 ASFs
L602 describes the service area by individual 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix for Standard Mail and Package Services mail that must be sorted
to ASFs. Use this list for:
* * * * *
[Revise item b of the introductory paragraph of L602 as follows:]
b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, flat trays or approved
alternate containers on pallets.
* * * * *
[Revise item d of the introductory paragraph of L602 as follows:]
d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat trays or alternate containers
on pallets.
* * * * *
L606 5-Digit Scheme--Standard Mail, First-Class Mail, and Package
Services Parcels
* * * * *
[Revise the last sentence of the second paragraph in the preamble
of L606 as follows:]
* * * When used, all parcels for the 5-digit ZIP Codes shown in
Column A must be combined in a 5-digit scheme sack(s), flat tray(s),
approved alternate container(s), or on a 5-digit scheme pallet(s)
labeled to the corresponding destination shown in Column B.
* * * * *
We will publish an appropriate amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to
reflect these changes if our proposal is adopted.
Stanley F. Mires,
Chief Counsel, Legislative.
[FR Doc. 2011-5273 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7710-12-P